Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.

pbhc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pbhc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 172
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  
FORM 10-K  
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)  
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014  
Commission File No. 001-36695  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Maryland  
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)  

38-3941859  
(I.R.S. Employer  
Identification No.)  

214 West First Street  
Oswego, NY 13126  
 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)  
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (315 ) 343-0057  
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class  

Name of each exchange on which registered  

Common Stock, $0.01 par value  

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC  

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act  
   Yes (cid:3) No  (cid:1)  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
   Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been 
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  
  Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data 
File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or 
for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  
  Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)  
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:1)  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting 
company. See definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
(Check one):  

Large Accelerated Filer (cid:1)  

  Accelerated Filer (cid:1)  

  Non-Accelerated Filer (cid:1)  

  Smaller reporting company (cid:1)  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:1)  

 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the 
last  sale  price  on  June  30,  2014,  as  reported  by  the  NASDAQ  Capital  Market  and  computed  by  reference  to  the  last  sale  price  of  the 
Registrant's predecessor ($8.81), was approximately $38.3 million.  The market value and the shares and last sale price have been adjusted to 
reflect the 1.6472 exchange ratio used in the stock offering and conversion that took place on October 16, 2014.  

As of March 13, 2015, there were 4,352,203 shares issued and outstanding of the Registrant's Common Stock.  

 
 
 
   
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:  

(1) Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Registrant (Part III).  

Table of Contents  

PART I  

Item 1.  
Item 1A.  
Item 1B.  
Item 2.  
Item 3.  
Item 4.  

PART II  

Business  
Risk Factors  
Unresolved Staff Comments  
Properties  
Legal Proceedings  
Mine Safety Disclosure  

Item 5.  

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer  

Purchases of Equity Securities  

Item 6.  
Item 7.  
Item 7A.  
Item 8.  
Item 9.  
Item 9A  
Item 9B.  

Selected Financial Data  
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure  
Controls and Procedures  
Other Information  

PART III  

Item 10.  

Item 11.  
Item 12.  

Item 13.  
Item 14.  

PART IV  

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, Control Persons and Corporate Governance,  
   Compliance with Sections 16 (A) of Exchange Act  
Executive Compensation  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related  

Stockholder Matters  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  
Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

Item 15.  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

2  

Page  

3 
28 
28 
29 
30 
30 

30 

32 
34 
53 
54 
113 
113 
113 

114 

114 
114 

114 
114 

115 

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Table of Contents  

PART I  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

When  used  in  this  Annual  Report  the  words  or  phrases  "will  likely  result",  "are  expected  to",  "will  continue",  "is  anticipated",  "estimate", 
"project" or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation 
Reform Act of 1995.  Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties. By identifying these forward-looking statements for you in 
this manner, the Company is alerting you to the possibility that its actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly materially, from 
the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company's 
actual results and financial condition to differ from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others:  

•   Credit quality and the effect of credit quality on the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses;  
•   Deterioration in financial markets that may result in impairment charges relating to our securities portfolio;  
•   Competition in our primary market areas;  
•   Significant government regulations, legislation and potential changes thereto;  
•   A  reduction  in  our  ability  to  generate  or  originate  revenue-producing  assets  as  a  result  of  compliance  with  heightened  capital 

•  

standards;  
Increased cost of operations due to greater regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks and bank holding companies, 
and higher deposit insurance premiums;  

•   Limitations on our ability to expand consumer product and service offerings due to anticipated stricter consumer protection laws and 

regulations; and  

•   Other risks described herein and in the other reports and statements we file with the SEC.  

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such 
statements. The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as 
of the date made.  The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company's financial performance and 
could cause the Company's actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future 
periods in any current statements.  Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the 
date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.  

ITEM 1: BUSINESS  

GENERAL  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") is a Maryland corporation headquartered in Oswego, New York. On October 16, 2014, the Company 
completed  its  conversion  from  the  mutual  holding  company  ("MHC")  structure  and  the  related  public  offering  and  is  now  a  stock  holding 
company that is fully owned by the public the "Conversion".  As a result of the Conversion, the mutual holding company and former mid-tier 
holding company were merged into Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. The primary business of the Company is its investment in Pathfinder Bank (the 
"Bank")  which  is  100%  owned  by  the  Company  and  the  Company  is  100%  owned  by  public  shareholders.   The  Company  sold  a  total  of 
2,636,053 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, in the subscription offering, including 105,442 shares sold to the Pathfinder 
Bank employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP"). All shares were sold at a price of $10.00 per share raising $26.4 million in gross proceeds.  
Additionally, $197,000 in cash was received from the merger of MHC into the company; and after accounting for Conversion related expenses 
of  $1.5  million,  which  offset  gross  proceeds,  the  Company  received  $24.9  million  in  net  proceeds.   Concurrent  with  the  completion  of  the 
offering, publicly owned shares of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, "Pathfinder-Federal", were exchanged for 1.6472 shares of 
the Company's common stock. At December 31, 2014, the shareholders, including the ESOP, collectively, held 4,352,203 shares of Company 
common  stock.   In  2011,  in  connection  with  Pathfinder-Federal's  redemption  of  TARP,  Pathfinder-Federal  sold  13,000  shares  of  preferred 
stock to the U.S. Treasury for $13.0 million in gross proceeds as part of the SBLF program.  The Company exchanged on a one-for-one basis 
its  preferred  stock  for  Pathfinder-Federal's  preferred  stock  with  the  same  rights  and  privileges  to  the  U.S.  Treasury  in  connection  with  the 
Conversion.  At  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  and  subsidiaries  had  total  consolidated  assets  of  $561.0  million,  total  deposits  of  $415.6 
million  and  shareholders'  equity  of  $68.8  million  plus  a  noncontrolling  interest  of  $414,000,  which  represents  the  49%  not  owned  by  the 
Company as a result of the 2013 acquisition of the FitzGibbons Agency, LLC.  

The Company's executive office is located at 214 West First Street, Oswego, New York and the telephone number at that address is (315) 343-
0057.  Its internet address is www.pathfinderbank.com .  Information on our website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this 
report.  

3  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Table of Contents  

Pathfinder Bank  

The Bank is a New York-chartered stock savings bank and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC through the 
Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF").  The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the New York State Department of Financial Services (the 
"Department"), as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer and primary federal regulator.  The Bank is a member of the 
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLBNY") and is subject to certain regulations by the Federal Home Loan Bank System.  

The  Bank  is  primarily  engaged  in  the  business  of  attracting  deposits  from  the  general  public  in  the  Bank's  market  area,  and  investing  such 
deposits,  together  with  other  sources  of  funds,  in  loans  secured  by  residential  real  estate,  commercial  real  estate,  small  business  loans,  and 
consumer loans.  The Bank invests a portion of its assets in securities issued by the United States Government and its agencies and sponsored 
enterprises,  state  and  municipal  obligations,  corporate  debt  securities,  mutual  funds,  and  equity  securities.   The  Bank  also  invests  in 
mortgage-backed  securities  primarily  issued  or  guaranteed  by  United  States  Government  sponsored  enterprises  and  collateralized  mortgage 
obligations.  The Bank's principal sources of funds are capital, deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and investments, as well as 
borrowings  from  correspondent  financial  institutions.   The  principal  source  of  income  is  interest  on  loans  and  investment  securities.   The 
Bank's principal expenses are interest paid on deposits, employee compensation and benefits, data processing and facilities.  

Pathfinder  Bank  also  owns  and  operates  a  limited  purpose  commercial  bank  subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Commercial  Bank,  which  serves  the 
depository needs of municipalities and public entities in its market area.  

The Bank has Pathfinder REIT, Inc., a New York corporation, as its wholly-owned real estate investment trust subsidiary.  At December 31, 
2014, Pathfinder REIT,  Inc. held $14.8 million in mortgages  and mortgage related assets.   All disclosures in this Form  10-K relating to the 
Bank's loans and investments include loans and investments that are held by Pathfinder REIT, Inc.  

The  Bank  also  has  100%  ownership  of  Whispering  Oaks  Development  Corp.,  a  New  York  corporation,  that  is  retained  in  case  the  need  to 
operate or develop foreclosed real estate emerges.  

Additionally,  the  Bank  has  100%  ownership  of  Pathfinder  Risk  Management  Company,  Inc.  which  was  established  to  record  the  51% 
controlling interest upon the December 2013 purchase of the FitzGibbons Agency, an Oswego County property and casualty and life and health 
insurance brokerage business with approximately $600,000 in annual revenues.  

Finally, the Company has a non-consolidated Delaware statutory trust subsidiary, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II, of which 100% of the common 
equity is owned by the Company.  Pathfinder Statutory Trust II was formed in connection with the issuance of $5.2 million in trust preferred 
securities.  

4  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

Employees  

As  of  December  31,  2014,  the  Bank  had  112  full-time  employees  and  19  part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a 
collective bargaining unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.  

MARKET AREA AND COMPETITION  

Market Area  

We provide financial services to individuals, families, small to mid-size businesses and municipalities through our seven branch offices located 
in Oswego County and our one branch office in Onondaga County and our business banking office in Syracuse, New York that opened in the 
third quarter of 2014.  Our primary market area is Oswego and Onondaga Counties.  Our primary lending market area includes both Oswego 
and  Onondaga  Counties.   However,  our  primary  deposit  generating  area  is  concentrated  in  Oswego  County  and  the  areas  surrounding  our 
Onondaga County branch.  

The economy in Oswego County is based primarily on manufacturing, energy, production, heath care, education, and government.  The broader 
Central New York market has a more diverse array of economic sectors, including, food processing production and transportation, in addition 
to  financial  services.   The  region  has  developed  particular  strength  in  emerging  industries  such  as  bio-processing,  medical  devices  and 
renewable energy.  

Median home prices are consistent with the population growth and unemployment figures above, with the 2012 United States census report 
indicating that median home values were $131,700 in Onondaga County and $92,500 in Oswego County.  While home values have stagnated 
since  2008,  the Syracuse  metro  area,  including  Onondaga  and  Oswego Counties,  did  not experience the  significant  loss of value during the 
economic recession that many other areas of the country experienced.  

Competition  

Pathfinder  Bank  encounters  strong  competition  both  in  attracting  deposits  and  in  originating  real  estate  and  other  loans.   Our  most  direct 
competition for deposits and loans comes from commercial banks, savings institutions and credit unions in our market area, including money-
center banks such as JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Bank of America, regional banks such as M&T Bank, Key Bank National Association and 
First Niagara Bank, N.A., and community banks such as NBT Bank and Community Bank N.A., all of which have greater total assets than we 
do.  We compete for deposits by offering depositors a high level of personal service, a wide range of competitively priced financial services, 
and  a  well  distributed  network  of  branches,  ATMs,  and  electronic  banking.   We  compete  for  loans  through  our  competitive  pricing,  our 
experienced and active loan officers, local knowledge of our market and local decision making, strong community support and involvement 
and  a  highly  reputable  brand.   As  the  economy  has  improved,  and  loan  demand  has  increased,  competition  from  financial  institutions  for 
commercial and residential loans has increased.  Additionally, some of our competitors offer products and services that we do not offer, such as 
trust  services  and  private  banking.   Our  primary  focus  is  to  build  and  develop  profitable  consumer  and  commercial  customer  relationships 
while maintaining our role as a community bank.  

As of June 30, 2014, based on FDIC data, we had the largest market share in Oswego County, representing 33.6% of all deposits, and 0.6% of 
all deposits in Onondaga County.  In addition, when combining both Oswego and Onondaga Counties, we have the eighth largest market share 
of sixteen institutions, representing 4.5% of the total market.  

5  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

LENDING ACTIVITIES  

General  

Historically, our primary lending activity is originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans, the majority of which have fixed rates 
of interest.  Our loan portfolio also includes commercial real estate loans, commercial and municipal loans, home equity loans and junior liens 
and consumer loans.  

Historically,  we  have  retained  in  our  portfolio  most  of  the  loans  that  we  have  originated  and  in  the  current  and  prolonged  low  interest  rate 
environment,  a  significant  portion  of  our  loan  portfolio  consists  of  fixed-rate  one-  to  four-family  residential  real  estate  loans  with  terms  in 
excess of 15 years. In order to diversify our loan portfolio, increase our income sources and make our loan portfolio less interest rate sensitive, 
in recent years, we have sought to significantly increase our commercial real estate and commercial business lending, consistent with safe and 
sound underwriting practices. Accordingly, we offer adjustable-rate commercial mortgage loans, short-and medium-term mortgage loans, and 
floating  rate  commercial  loans.   In  addition,  we  offer  shorter-term  consumer  loans,  home  equity  loans  and  lines  of  credit  with  adjustable 
interest rates and municipal loans with fixed interest rates.  

Residential Real Estate Loans  

Historically, our primary lending consisted of originating one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential mortgage loans, substantially all of 
which were secured by properties located in our market area.  Over the past several years, we have begun to shift our lending focus towards 
originating commercial real estate and commercial loans.  

We currently offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans with terms up to 30 years that are generally underwritten according to Fannie 
Mae  guidelines,  and  we  refer  to  loans  that  conform  to  such  guidelines  as  "conforming  loans."   We  generally  originate  both  fixed-  and 
adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, 
which as of March 31, 2014 was generally $417,000 for single-family homes in our market area.  We generally hold our one- to four-family 
residential real estate loans in our portfolio. We also originate one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by non-owner occupied 
properties. However, we generally do not make loans in excess of 80% loan to value on non-owner occupied properties.  

Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans include loans that generally amortize on a monthly basis over periods between 10 
to  30  years.   Fixed  rate  one-  to  four-family  residential  real  estate  loans  often  remain  outstanding  for  significantly  shorter  periods  than  their 
contractual terms because borrowers have the right to refinance or prepay their loans.  

Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally consist of loans with initial interest rates fixed for one, three, or 
five years, and annual adjustments thereafter are indexed based on changes in the one-year United States Treasury bill constant maturity rate.  
Our  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  generally  have  an  interest  rate  adjustment  limit  of  200  basis  points  per  adjustment,  with  a  maximum 
lifetime interest rate adjustment limit of 600 basis points.  In the current low interest rate environment, we have not originated a significant 
dollar amount of adjustable-rate mortgage loans.  

Although  adjustable-rate  one-  to  four-family  residential  real  estate  loans  may  reduce,  to  an  extent,  our  vulnerability  to  changes  in  market 
interest rates because they periodically re-price, as interest rates increase the required payments due from a borrower also increase (subject to 
rate caps), thereby increasing the potential for default by the borrower.  At the same time, the ability of the borrower to repay the loan and the 
marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates.  Upward adjustments of the contractual interest 
rate are also limited by our maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments.  

6  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents  

Regulations limit the amount we may lend relative to the appraised value of the real estate securing the loan, as determined by an appraisal of 
the property at the time the loan is originated.  For borrowers who do not obtain private mortgage insurance ("PMI"), our lending policies limit 
the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  on  both  fixed-rate  and  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  to  80%  of  the  appraised  value  of  the  collateralized 
property, with the exception for a limited use product which allows for loans up to 90% with no PMI.  For most one- to four-family residential 
real estate loans with loan-to-value ratios of between 80% and 95%, we require the borrower to obtain private mortgage insurance.  For first 
mortgage loan products, we require the borrower to obtain title insurance. We also require homeowners' insurance, fire and casualty, and, if 
necessary,  flood  insurance  on  properties  securing  real  estate  loans.   We  do  not,  and  have  never  offered  or  invested  in,  one-  to  four-family 
residential real estate loans specifically designed for borrowers with sub-prime credit scores, including interest-only, negative amortization or 
payment option adjustable-rate mortgage loans.  

Our one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio also includes residential constructions loans.  Our residential construction loans 
generally  have  initial  terms  of  up  to  six  months,  subject  to  extension,  during  which  the  borrower  pays  interest  only.   Upon  completion  of 
construction,  these  loans  convert  to  permanent  loans.   Our  construction  loans  generally  have  rates  and  terms  comparable  to  residential  real 
estate loans that we originate.   

Commercial Real Estate Loans  

Over the past several years, we have focused on originating commercial real estate loans, and we believe that commercial real estate loans will 
continue  to  provide  growth  opportunities  for  us.   We  expect  to  increase,  subject  to  our  underwriting  standards  and  market  conditions,  this 
business line in the future with a target loan size of $100,000 to $1.5 million to small businesses and real estate projects in our market area. 
Commercial real estate loans are made up of loans secured by properties such as multi-family residential, office, retail, warehouse and owner-
occupied commercial properties.  

Commercial real estate loans are generally secured by property located in our primary market area.  Our commercial real estate underwriting 
policies provide that such real estate loans may be made in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property.  Commercial real estate 
loans  are  offered  with  interest  rates  that  are  fixed  for  up  to  three  or  five  years  then  are  adjustable  based  on  the  FHLBNY  advance  rate. 
Contractual maturities generally do not exceed 20 years.  In reaching a decision whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider 
gross  revenues,  operating  trends,  net  cash  flows  of  the  property,  the  borrower's  expertise  and  credit  history,  and  the  appraised  value  of  the 
underlying property. We will also consider the terms and conditions of the leases and the credit quality of the tenants.  We generally require 
that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation 
and  amortization  divided  by  interest  expense  and  current  maturities  of  long  term  debt)  of  at  least  120%.   Environmental  due  diligence  is 
generally  conducted  for  commercial  real  estate  loans.   Typically,  commercial  real  estate  loans  made  to  corporations,  partnerships  and  other 
business entities require personal guarantees by the principals and by the owners of 20% or more of the borrower.  

A commercial real estate borrower's financial condition is monitored on an ongoing basis by requiring periodic  financial statement  updates, 
payment  history  reviews,  property  inspections  and  periodic  face-to-face  meetings  with  the  borrower.   We  generally  require  borrowers  with 
aggregate outstanding balances exceeding $100,000 to provide annual updated financial statements and federal tax returns.  These requirements 
also apply to all guarantors on these loans.  We also require borrowers to provide an annual report of income and expenses for the property, 
including a rent-roll, as applicable.  

Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans.  The increased 
credit risk associated with commercial real estate loans is a result of several factors, including larger loan balances concentrated with a limited 
number  of  borrowers,  the  impact  of  local  and  general  economic  conditions  on  the  borrower's  ability  to  repay  the  loan,  and  the  increased 
difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.  Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by commercial real estate properties 
typically  depends  upon  the  successful  operation  of  the  real  property  securing  the  loan.   If  the  cash  flow  from  the  property  is  reduced,  the 
borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired.  However, commercial real estate loans generally have higher interest rates than loans 
secured by one- to four-family residential real estate.  

7  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Commercial Loans  

We typically originate commercial loans, including commercial term loans and commercial lines of credit, on the basis of a borrower's ability 
to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's business, conversion of current assets in the normal course of business (for seasonal 
working capital lines), the experience and stability of the borrower's management team, earnings projections and the underlying assumptions, 
and the value and marketability of any collateral securing the loan.  As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans 
and commercial lines of credit may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment in 
our market area.  Therefore, commercial loans and commercial lines of credit that we originate have greater credit risk than one- to four-family 
residential real estate loans or, generally, consumer loans.  

Commercial term loans are typically secured by equipment, furniture and fixtures, inventory, accounts receivable or other business assets, or, in 
limited  circumstances,  such  loans  may  be  unsecured.   From  time  to  time,  we  also  originate  commercial  loans  through  Small  Business 
Administration ("SBA") and United States Department of Agriculture ("USDA") guaranteed loan programs.  Over the past several years, we 
have  focused  on increasing  our  commercial  lending  and  our  business  strategy  is to  continue  to  increase  our  originations of  our  commercial 
loans to small businesses in our market area, subject to our underwriting standards and market conditions.  Our commercial loans are generally 
comprised of adjustable interest rate loans, indexed to the prime rate, with terms consisting of three to seven years, depending on the needs of 
the  borrower  and  the  useful  life  of  the  underlying  collateral.   We  make  commercial  loans  to  businesses  operating  in  our  market  area  for 
purchasing  equipment,  property  improvements,  business  expansion  or  working  capital.   If  a  commercial  loan  is  secured  by  equipment,  the 
maturity of a term loan will depend on the useful life of the equipment purchased, the source of repayment for the loan and the purpose of the 
loan.  We generally obtain personal guarantees on our commercial loans.  

Our commercial lines of credit are typically adjustable rate lines, indexed to the prime interest rate.  Generally, our commercial lines of credit 
are secured by business assets or other collateral, and generally payable on-demand pursuant to an annual review.  Since the commercial lines 
of credit may expire without being drawn upon, the total committed amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  

Tax-exempt Municipal and Commercial Loans  

Tax-exempt municipal and commercial loans are a small component of our commercial loan product segment.  At December 31, 2014, loans 
outstandings in this category were $7.2 million or 3.9% of our total commercial loan portfolio.  

We make municipal loans to local governments and municipalities for the purposes of either tax anticipation or for small spending projects, 
including equipment acquisitions and construction projects.  Our municipal loans are generally fixed, for a term of one year or less, and are 
generally unsecured.  Interest earned on municipal loans is tax exempt for federal tax purposes, which enhances the overall yield on each loan.  
Generally, the municipality will have a deposit relationship with us along with the lending relationship.  

We  also  make  tax-exempt  loans  to  commercial  borrowers  based  on  obligations  issued  by  a  state  or  local  authority  to  provide  economic 
development such as the state dormitory authority.  

Home Equity Loans and Junior Liens  

Home  equity  loans  and  junior  liens  are  made  up  of  lines  of  credit  secured  by  owner-occupied  and  non-owner  occupied  one-  to  four-family 
residences and second and third real estate mortgage loans.  
Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are generally underwritten using the same criteria that we use to underwrite one- to four-
family residential  mortgage  loans.   We  typically originate home equity loans  and  home  equity  lines  of credit  on  the  basis  of  the  applicant's 
credit history, an assessment of the  applicant's  ability  to meet existing obligations  and payments  on the proposed loan, and the value  of the 
collateral securing the loan.  Home equity loans are offered with fixed interest rates.  Lines of credit are offered with adjustable rates, which are 
indexed to the prime rate, and with a draw period of up to 10 years and a payback period of up to 20 years.  The loan-to-value ratio for our 
home equity loans is generally limited to 80% when combined with the first security lien, if applicable.  The loan to value of our home equity 
lines of credit are generally limited to 80%, unless Pathfinder Bank holds the first mortgage.  If we hold the first mortgage, we will permit a 
loan to value of up to 90%, and we adjust the interest rate and underwriting standards to compensate for the additional risk.  

8  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

For all first lien position mortgage loans, we use outside independent appraisers.  For second position mortgage loans where we also hold the 
existing first mortgage, we will use the lesser of the existing appraisal amount used in underwriting the first mortgage or assessed value.  For all 
other second mortgage loans, we will use a third-party service which gathers all data from real property tax offices and gives the property a 
low, middle and high value, together with similar properties for comparison.  The middle value from the third-party service will be the value 
used in underwriting the loan. If the valuation method for the loan amount requested does not provide a value, or the value is not sufficient to 
support the loan request and it is determined that the borrower(s) are credit worthy, a full appraisal will be ordered.  

Home equity loans and junior liens secured by junior mortgages have greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans secured 
by  first  mortgages.   We  face  the  risk  that  the  collateral  will  be  insufficient  to  compensate  us  for  loan  losses  and  costs  of  foreclosure,  after 
repayment of the senior mortgages, if applicable. When customers default on their loans, we attempt to work out the relationship in order to 
avoid foreclosure because the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be 
unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Moreover, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect our 
ability to fully recover the loan balance in the event of a default.  

Consumer Loans  

We are authorized to make loans for a variety of personal and consumer purposes and consists primarily of automobile, recreational vehicles 
and  unsecured  personal  loans,  as  well  as  unsecured  lines  of  credit  and  loans  secured  by  deposit  accounts.   Our  procedure  for  underwriting 
consumer loans includes an assessment of the applicant's credit history and ability to meet existing obligations and payments for the proposed 
loan, as well as an evaluation of the value of the collateral security, if any.  

Consumer  loans  generally  entail  greater  risk  than  one-  to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans,  particularly  in  the  case  of  loans  that  are 
unsecured or are secured by assets that tend to depreciate in value, such as automobiles. As a result, consumer loan collections are primarily 
dependent  on  the  borrower's  continuing  financial  stability  and  thus  are  more  likely  to  be  adversely  affected  by  job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or 
personal bankruptcy.  In these cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for 
the outstanding loan, and the remaining value often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower.  

Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing  

We benefit from a number of sources for our loan originations, including real estate broker referrals, existing customers, borrowers, builders, 
attorneys, and "walk-in" customers.    Our loan origination activity may be affected adversely by a rising interest rate environment which may 
result  in  decreased  loan  demand.   Other  factors,  such  as  the  overall  health  of  the  local  economy  and  competition  from  other  financial 
institutions, can also impact our loan originations.  Although we originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans, our ability to generate each 
type of loan depends upon borrower demand, market interest rates, borrower preference for fixed- versus adjustable-rate loans, and the interest 
rates offered on each type of loan by other lenders in our market area.  These lenders include commercial banks, savings institutions, credit 
unions, and mortgage banking companies that also actively compete for local real estate loans. Accordingly, the volume of loan originations 
may vary from period to period.  

9  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The majority of the fixed rate residential loans that are originated each year meet the underwriting guidelines established by Fannie Mae. While 
infrequent, in the past, we have sold residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, and we may do so in the future, although we continue 
to service loans once they are sold.  

From time to time, although infrequent, we may purchase loan participations in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we 
follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies. We also have participated out portions of loans that exceeded our loans-to-one 
borrower legal lending limit and for risk diversification.  We do not purchase whole loans.  

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority  

Pathfinder Bank's lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by 
management and the board of directors.  Our policies are designed to provide loan officers with guidelines on acceptable levels of risk, given a 
broad range of factors.  The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower's ability to repay the loan, the viability of the loan and the 
adequacy of the value of the property that will secure the loan, if applicable.  

The board of directors grants loan officers individual lending authority to approve extensions of credit.  The level of authority for loan officers 
varies  based  upon  the  loan  type,  total  relationship,  form  of  collateral  and  risk  rating  of  the  borrower.  Each  loan  officer  is  charged  with  the 
responsibility  of  achieving  high  credit  standards.   Individual  lending  authority  can  be  increased,  suspended  or  removed  by  the  board  of 
directors, as recommended by the President or Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer.  

If a loan is in excess of any individual loan officer's lending authority, the extension of credit must be referred to the Officer Loan Committee, 
which  currently  consists  of  the  President  (serving  as  chairman),  the  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Credit  Officer,  and  the  Senior  Vice 
President and General Counsel.  The President may also appoint additional members to the Officer Loan Committee, including members of the 
management team and Pathfinder Bank's retail and commercial lenders.  The Officer Loan Committee has authority to approve an extension of 
total  credit  up  to  $1.0  million  for  one-  to  four-residential  real  estate  loans,  $1.0  million  for  commercial  real  estate  loans,  $1.0  million  for 
commercial loans, $1.0 million for unrated municipal loans, $2.0 million for rated municipal loans, $1.5 million for home equity and junior 
liens  and  $1.5  million  for  consumer  loans.   The  Executive  Loan  Committee,  which  consists  of  all  members  of  Pathfinder  Bank's  board  of 
directors, must approve all extensions of credit in excess of the limits described above for the Officer Loan Committee.  

Loans to One Borrower  

Under New York law, New York savings banks are subject to  loans-to-one borrower limits, which are substantially similar as those applicable 
to  national  banks,  which  restrict  loans  to  one  borrower  to  an  amount  equal  to  15%  of  unimpaired  capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  on  an 
unsecured  basis,  and  an  additional  amount  equal  to  10%  of  unimpaired  capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  if  the  loan  is  secured  by  readily 
marketable collateral (generally, financial instruments and bullion, but not real estate), subject to exceptions.  

Additionally,  our  internal  loan  policies  limit  the  total  related  credit  to  be  extended  to  any  one  borrower  (after  application  of  the  rules  of 
attribution), with respect to any and all loans with Pathfinder Bank to $4.5 million, subject to certain exceptions.  The indebtedness includes all 
credit exposure whether direct or contingent, used or unused.  

ASSET QUALITY  

Loan Delinquencies and Collection Procedures  

When  a  loan  becomes  delinquent,  we  make  attempts  to  contact  the  borrower  to  determine  the  cause  of  the  delayed  payments  and  seek  a 
solution to permit the loan to be brought current within a reasonable period of time.  The outcome can vary with each individual borrower.  In 
the  case  of  mortgage  loans  and  consumer  loans,  a  late  notice  is  sent  15  days  after  an  account  becomes  delinquent.   If  delinquency  persists, 
notices are sent at the 30 day delinquency mark, the 45 day delinquency mark and the 60 day delinquency mark.  We also attempt to establish 
telephone contact with the borrower early on in the process.  In the case of residential mortgage loans, included in every late notice is a letter 
that includes information regarding home-ownership counseling.  As part of a workout agreement, we will accept partial payments during the 
month in order to bring the account current.  If attempts to reach an agreement are unsuccessful and the customer is unable to comply with the 
terms of the workout agreement, we will review the account to determine if foreclosure is warranted, in which case, consistent with New York 
law, we send a 90 day notice of foreclosure and then a 30 day notice before legal proceedings are commenced. A consumer final demand letter 
is  sent  in  the  case  of  a  consumer  loan.   In  the  case  of  commercial  loans  and  commercial  mortgage  loans,  we  follow  a  similar  notification 
practice  with  the  exception  of  the  previously  mentioned  information  on  home-ownership  counseling.   In  addition,  commercial  loans  do  not 
require  90  day  notices  of  foreclosure.   Generally,  commercial  borrowers  only  receive  10  day  notices  before  legal  proceedings  can  be 
commenced.   Commercial  loans  may  experience  longer  workout  times  that  may  trigger  a  need  for  a  loan  modification  that  could  meet  the 
requirements of a troubled debt restructured loan.  

10  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Impaired Loans, Non-performing Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings  

The policy of Pathfinder Bank is to provide a continuous assessment of the quality of its loan portfolio through the maintenance of an internal 
and  external  loan  review  process.  The  process  incorporates  a  loan  risk  grading  system  designed  to  recognize  degrees  of  risk  on  individual 
commercial and mortgage loans in the portfolio. Management is responsible for monitoring of asset quality and risk grade designations.  

We  generally  cease  accruing  interest  on  our  loans  when  contractual  payments  of  principal  or  interest  have  become  90  days  past  due  or 
management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing.  A loan may 
remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is placed on non-accrual 
status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed.  Interest received on non-accrual loans generally is applied against principal or interest if 
it is recognized on the cash basis method. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed 
in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, generally for a minimum of six months, and the ultimate collectability 
of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.  

Our Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses policy ("ALLL") establishes criteria for selecting loans to be measured for impairment based on the 
following:  

Residential and Consumer Loans:  

•   All loans rated substandard or worse, on nonaccrual, and above our TRC threshold balance of $300,000.  
•   All Troubled Debt Restructured Loans with a threshold balance of $300,000.  
•   Any other loans  the  Bank will be likely unable to  collect all  amounts of contractual interest and  principal as  scheduled in the  loan 

agreements.  

Commercial Lines and Loans, Commercial Real Estate and Tax-exempt loans:  

•   All loans rated substandard or worse, on nonaccrual, and above our TRC threshold balance of $100,000.  
•   All Troubled Debt Restructured Loans with a threshold balance of $100,000.  
•   Any other loans  the  Bank will be likely unable to  collect all  amounts of contractual interest and  principal as  scheduled in the  loan 

agreements.  

Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the 
collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses as compared to the loan carrying value.  

11  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Troubled Debt Restructurings ("TDR")  

TDRs  are  loan  restructurings  in  which  we,  for  economic  or  legal  reasons  related  to  an  existing  borrower's  financial  difficulties,  grant  a 
concession to the debtor that we would not otherwise consider. Typically, a troubled debt restructuring involves a modification of terms of a 
debt, such as reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining original life of the debt, extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate 
lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, reduction of the face amount of the debt, or reduction of accrued interest.  We 
consider  modifications  only  after  analyzing  the  borrower's  current  repayment  capacity,  evaluating  the  strength  of  any  guarantors  based  on 
documented current financial information, and assessing the current value of any collateral pledged.  These modifications are made only when 
there is a reasonable and attainable workout plan that has been agreed to by the borrower and that is in our best interests.  

Loans on non-accrual status at the date of modification are initially classified as non-accrual troubled debt restructurings.  Our policy provides 
that  troubled  debt  restructured loans  are returned  to accrual  status after  a  period  of satisfactory  and reasonable future  payment  performance 
under the terms of the restructuring.  Satisfactory payment performance is generally no less than six consecutive months of timely payments 
and demonstrated ability to continue to repay.  

Foreclosed real estate  

Fair values for foreclosed real estate are initially recorded based on market value evaluations by third parties, less costs to sell ("initial cost 
basis").  Any write-downs required when the related loan receivable is exchanged for the underlying real estate collateral at the time of transfer 
to foreclosed real estate are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Values are derived from appraisals of underlying collateral or discounted 
cash flow analysis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and assets are marked to current fair value, not to exceed the 
initial cost basis.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, management also considers other factors or recent developments, 
such as, changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of valuation, and anticipated sales values considering management's 
plans for disposition.  Either change could result in adjustment to lower the property value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  

Loan delinquencies together with properties within our Foreclosed Real Estate portfolio are reviewed monthly at the Board of Director level.  

Classified Assets  

Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the FDIC to be of 
lesser quality, as "substandard," "doubtful" or  "loss."  An asset is considered "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by the current net 
worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  "Substandard" assets include those characterized by the "distinct 
possibility" that the insured institution will sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as "doubtful" have all of 
the  weaknesses  inherent  in  those  classified  "substandard,"  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses  present  make  "collection  or 
liquidation in full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, "highly questionable and improbable."  Assets classified as 
"loss"  are  those  considered  "uncollectible"  and  of  such  little  value  that  their  continuance  as  assets  without  the  establishment  of  a  specific 
allowance for loan losses is not warranted.  Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification 
in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as "special mention" by our management.  

When  an  insured  institution  classifies  problem  assets  as  either  substandard  or  doubtful,  it  may  establish  general  allowances  in  an  amount 
deemed prudent by management to cover losses that are both probable and reasonable to estimate.  General allowances represent allowances 
which have been established to cover accrued losses associated with lending activities that are both probable and reasonable to estimate, but 
which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets.  When an insured institution classifies problem assets 
as "loss," it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off 
such amount.  An institution's determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review 
by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific allowances.  

12  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

In  connection  with  the  filing  of  our  periodic  regulatory  reports  and  in  accordance  with  our  classification  of  assets  policy,  we  continuously 
assess the quality of our loan portfolio and we regularly review the problem loans in our loan portfolio to determine whether any loans require 
classification in accordance with applicable regulations.  Loans are listed on the "watch list" initially because of emerging financial weaknesses 
even though the loan is currently performing in accordance with its terms, or delinquency status, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although 
currently performing.  Management reviews the status of our loan portfolio delinquencies, by loan types, with the full board of directors on a 
monthly basis.  Individual classified loan relationships are discussed as warranted. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is 
changed  to  "special  mention,"   "substandard,"   "doubtful"  or  "loss"  depending  on  the  circumstances  and  the  evaluation.  Generally,  loans  90 
days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified "substandard."  

We also employ a risk grading system for our loans to help assure that we are not taking unnecessary and/or unmanageable risk.  The primary 
objective  of  the  loan  risk  grading  system  is  to  establish  a  method  of  assessing  credit  risk  to  further  enable  management  to  measure  loan 
portfolio quality and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Further, we contract with an external loan review firm to complete a credit 
risk assessment of the loan portfolio on a regular basis to help determine the current level and direction of our credit risk.  The external loan 
review firm communicates the results of their findings to the Executive Loan Committee in writing and by periodically attending the Executive 
Loan Committee meetings. Any material issues discovered in an external loan review are also communicated immediately to the President of 
Pathfinder Bank.  See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further details on the Company's credit quality indicators that define 
our risk grading system.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  represents  management's  estimate  of  losses  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio  as  of  the  date  of  the  statement  of 
condition and it is recorded as a reduction of loans.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for 
losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is 
increased  by  the  provision  for  loan  losses,  and  decreased  by  charge-offs,  net  of  recoveries.   Loans  deemed  to  be  uncollectible  are  charged 
against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.  All or part of the principal balance of 
loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined that the repayment of all or part of the principal balance is highly 
unlikely.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, unless productive 
collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be charged off earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount that is 
deemed uncollectible.  No portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted to any individual loan type and the entire allowance is available 
to absorb any and all loan losses.  

The allowance is based on three major components which are: (i) specific components for larger loans, (ii) recent historical losses and several 
qualitative factors applied to a general pool of loans, and (iii) an unallocated component.  

The first component is the specific allowance that relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  For these loans, an allowance is established 
when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of the loan.  A loan is considered 
impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or 
interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impairment is measured by either the present value of the expected 
future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  
The  majority  of  our  loans  utilize  the  fair  value  of  the  underlying  collateral.   Factors  considered  by  management  in  determining  impairment 
include  payment  status,  collateral  value  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments  when  due.   Loans  that 
experience  insignificant  payment  delays  and  payment  shortfalls  generally  are  not  classified  as  impaired.   Management  determines  the 
significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan 
and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record and the amount of shortfall in relation to 
what is owed.  

13  

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

The  second  component  is  the  general  allowance  which  covers  pools  of  loans,  by  loan  class,  not  considered  impaired,  smaller  balance 
homogenous loans, such as residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans.  These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure 
first based on historical loss rates for each of these categories of loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to loans outstanding within each loan class 
over the most recent eight quarters, lagged by one quarter, is used to generate the historical loss rates.  In addition, qualitative factors are added 
to the historical loss rates in arriving at the total allowance for loan losses needed for this general pool of loans.  The qualitative factors include 
changes in national and local economic trends, the rate of growth in the portfolio, trends of delinquencies and nonaccrual balances, changes in 
loan policy, and changes in lending management experience and related staffing.  Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or 
declining conditions based on management's best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.  These qualitative 
factors, applied to each product class, make the evaluation inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to 
significant revision as more information becomes available.  

The  third  component  is  the  unallocated  allowance  which  is  maintained  to  cover  uncertainties  that  could  affect  management's  estimate  of 
probable losses.  The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in 
the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio, and generally comprises less than 10% of the total allowance for 
loan losses.  

When a loan is determined to be impaired, we will reevaluate the collateral which secures the loan. For real estate loans, we will obtain a new 
appraisal or broker's opinion, whichever is considered to provide the most accurate value in the event of sale. An evaluation of equipment held 
as collateral will be obtained from a firm able to provide such an evaluation. Collateral will be inspected not less than annually for all impaired 
loans  and  will  be  reevaluated  not  less  than  every  two  years.   Appraised  values  are  discounted  to  arrive  at  the  estimated  selling  price  of  the 
collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property. For commercial 
and  industrial  loans  secured  by  non-real  estate  collateral,  such  as  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  equipment,  estimated  fair  values  are 
determined based on  the  borrower's  financial statements, inventory  reports, accounts receivable agings or  equipment  appraisals or  invoices.  
Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.  
Large  groups  of  homogeneous  loans  are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment.   Accordingly,  we  do  not  separately  identify  individual 
residential  mortgage  loans  of  less  than  $300,000,  home  equity  and  other  consumer  loans  for  impairment  disclosures,  unless  such  loans  are 
related  to  borrowers  with  impaired  commercial  loans  or  they  are  the  subject  to  a  troubled  debt  restructuring  agreement  and  the  loan  has  a 
carrying value in excess of $300,000.  

In addition, the FDIC and NYSDFS, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may 
require  us  to  recognize  additions  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  about  information  available  to  them  at  the  time  of  their 
examination, which may not be currently available to management.  Based on management's comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, we 
believe the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES  

Our investment policy is established by the board of directors. Our investment policy dictates that investment decisions will be made based on 
the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements, potential returns, cash flow targets, and consistency with our interest rate risk management. 
The Asset Liability Management Committee of the board of directors acts in the capacity of an investment committee and is responsible for 
overseeing  our  investment  program  and  evaluating  on  an  ongoing  basis  our  investment  policy  and  objectives.  Our  President  and  Chief 
Financial Officer have the authority to purchase securities within specific guidelines established by the investment policy. All transactions are 
reviewed by the board of directors at its regular meeting.  

14  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

All  investment  securities  must  meet  regulatory  guidelines  and  be  permissible  bank  investments,  including  United  States  Government 
obligations, securities of various federal agencies and of state and municipal governments, deposits at the FHLBNY, certificates of deposit at 
federally insured institutions, and federal funds.  Within certain regulatory limits, we may also invest a portion of our assets in mutual funds, 
equity securities and investment grade corporate debt securities.  As part of our membership in the FHLBNY, we are required to maintain an 
investment in FHLBNY stock.  

All securities purchased will be classified at the time of purchase as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale. We do not maintain a trading 
account. Securities purchased with the intent and ability to hold until maturity will be classified as held-to-maturity. Securities placed in the 
held-to-maturity category will be accounted for at amortized cost.  

Securities  that  do  not  qualify  or  are  not  categorized  as  held-to-maturity  are  classified  as  available-for-sale.  This  classification  includes 
securities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, the security's prepayment risk, liquidity needs, the availability of and the 
yield on alternative investments, and funding sources and terms. These securities are reported at fair value, which is determined on a monthly 
basis.  Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a separate component of capital, net of tax. The aggregate change in value of the portfolio is 
reported to the board of directors monthly.  

The  general  objectives  of  the  investment  portfolio  are  to  assist  in  the  overall  interest  rate  risk  management  of  Pathfinder  Bank,  generate  a 
reasonable  rate  of  return  consistent  with  the  safety  of  principal,  provide  a  source  of  liquidity,  minimize  our  tax  liability,  and  mitigate  our 
interest rate and credit risk. We purchase securities to provide necessary liquidity for day-to-day operations and when investable funds exceed 
loan demand. The effect that the proposed security would have on our credit and interest rate risk and risk-based equity is also considered.  

Securities classified as  held  to maturity,  other than mortgage-backed securities and  collateralized  mortgage obligations  consists primarily  of 
state and political subdivision securities, and to a lesser extent, federal agency obligations and corporate securities.  Our securities classified as 
available-for-sale  consists  primarily  of  corporate  securities  and  federal  agency  obligations,  which  include  Federal  Farm  Credit  Bank  notes, 
FHLBNY  notes,  Fannie  Mae  notes  and  Freddie  Mac  notes.   For  a  discussion  on  mortgage  backed  securities,  see  "—Mortgage-Backed 
Securities and Collateralized Mortgage Obligations."  

Included within the available for sale portfolio are three mutual fund positions.  The first is a mutual fund backed by adjustable rate mortgage-
backed securities and cash equivalents. The second is a mutual fund consisting primarily of investment grade dividend-paying common stocks 
of large capitalization companies, i.e., companies with market capitalization in excess of $5.0 billion.   The third mutual fund, the Financial 
Institutions Fund, LLC, invests primarily in equity securities issued by community banks and thrift institutions and holding companies of such 
banks and thrifts located principally in the Northeastern United States.  The fund invests in banks and thrifts with less than $5.0 billion in assets 
that are high performing or ones that represent potential acquisition targets or are strategically located in a market where a major competitor 
was recently acquired by a larger institution.  

We also have an investment in FHLBNY stock which is classified separately from securities due to the restrictions on sale or transfer.  For 
further information regarding our securities portfolio, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.  

15  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND COLLATERALIZED MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS  

We purchase mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. We 
invest  in  mortgage-backed  securities  and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  to  achieve  positive  interest  rate  spreads  with  minimal 
administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk. We regularly monitor the credit quality of this portfolio.  

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are created by pooling mortgages and issuing a security with an interest 
rate which is less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. These securities typically represent a participation interest in a pool of 
single-family or multi-family mortgages, although we focus our investments on mortgage related securities backed by one- to four-family real 
estate loans. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Pathfinder 
Bank, and in the case of government agency sponsored issues, guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed 
securities and collateralized mortgage obligations generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment 
guarantees, if any, and credit enhancements. These fixed-rate securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans.  

Investments in collateralized mortgage obligations involve a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life 
of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments, 
thereby changing the net yield on such securities.  There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or if such 
securities  are  redeemed  by  the  issuer.  In  addition,  the  market  value  of  such  securities  may  be  adversely  affected  in  a  rising  interest  rate 
environment,  particularly  since  all  of  our  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  have  a  fixed  rate  of  interest.  The  relatively  short  weighted 
average  remaining  life  of  our  collateralized  mortgage  obligation  portfolio  mitigates  our  potential  risk  of  loss  in  a  rising  interest  rate 
environment.  

SOURCES OF FUNDS  

General  

Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also rely on advances from the 
FHLBNY and CDARS as a form of brokered deposits. In addition to deposits and borrowings, we derive funds from scheduled loan payments, 
investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on interest-earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income 
on interest-earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing 
market interest rates, economic conditions and competition from other financial institutions.  

Deposits  

A majority of our depositors are persons or businesses who work or reside or operate in Oswego and Onondaga Counties. We offer a variety of 
deposits,  including  checking,  savings,  money  market  deposit  accounts,  and  certificates  of  deposit.   Deposit  account  terms  vary,  with  the 
principal  differences  being  the  minimum  balance  required,  the  amount  of  time  the  funds  must  remain  on  deposit  and  the  interest  rate.  We 
establish interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties on a periodic basis. Management determines the rates and terms 
based on rates paid by competitors, our need for funds or liquidity, overall growth goals and federal and state regulations.  The flow of deposits 
is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we 
offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers' demands. We believe that 
deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, 
including  competition  and  prevailing  interest  rates.  In  addition,  Pathfinder  Commercial  Bank  holds  municipal  deposits,  which  have  been  a 
more volatile source of funds for Pathfinder Bank.  

16  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The CDARS is a form of brokered deposit program in which we have been a participant since 2009. In addition to offering depositors enhanced 
FDIC insurance coverage, being a participant in CDARS allows us to fund our balance sheet through CDARS' One-Way Buy program. This 
program  uses  a  competitive  bid  process  for  available  deposits  at  specified terms.   These  deposits  work  well  for  us  because  of  their  weekly 
availability, coupled with their short term, which allows us to more closely mirror our funding needs.   We believe this arrangement is a viable 
source of funding provided that we maintain our "well-capitalized" status.  

Borrowings  

We  may  obtain  advances  primarily  from  the  FHLBNY  utilizing  the  security  of  the  common  stock  we  own  in  the  FHLBNY  and  qualifying 
residential mortgage loans as collateral, provided certain standards related to creditworthiness are met.  These advances are made pursuant to 
several credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. FHLBNY advances are generally available to meet 
seasonal and other withdrawals of deposit accounts and to permit increased lending.  

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION  

General  

Pathfinder  Bank  is  a  New  York-chartered  stock  savings  bank  and  the  Company  is  a  Maryland  corporation  and  a  registered  bank  holding 
company. Pathfinder Bank's deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC. Pathfinder Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the 
New York State Department of Financial Services ("NYSDFS"), as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, its primary federal regulator and 
deposit insurer. Pathfinder Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the NYSDFS concerning its 
activities and financial condition and must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, including, but not limited to, 
mergers with or acquisitions of other financial institutions. As a registered bank holding company, the Company is regulated by the Federal 
Reserve Board.  

The  regulatory  and  supervisory  structure  establishes  a  comprehensive  framework  of  activities  in  which  an  institution  can  engage  and  is 
intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the deposit insurance funds, rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors. 
The  regulatory  structure  also  gives  the  regulatory  authorities  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their  supervisory  and  enforcement 
activities  and  examination  policies,  including  policies  concerning  the  establishment  of  deposit  insurance  assessment  fees,  classification  of 
assets  and  establishment  of  adequate  loan  loss  reserves  for  regulatory  purposes.  Any  change  in  such  regulatory  requirements  and  policies, 
whether by the New York legislature, the NYSDFS, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the United States Congress, could have a material 
adverse impact on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and Pathfinder Bank. As is further described below, the 
Dodd-Frank Act has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and may affect the lending, investment and general operating activities 
of depository institutions and their holding companies.  

Set forth below is a summary of certain material statutory and regulatory requirements applicable to the Company and Pathfinder Bank. The 
summary is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Company and Pathfinder Bank.  

The Dodd-Frank Act  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  significantly  changed  bank  regulation  and  has  affected  the  lending,  investment,  trading  and  operating  activities  of 
depository  institutions  and  their  holding  companies.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  created  a  new  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  with 
extensive  powers  to  supervise  and  enforce  consumer  protection  laws.   The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  has  broad  rule-making 
authority  for  a  wide  range  of  consumer  protection  laws  that  apply  to  all  banks  and  savings  institutions,  including  the  authority  to  prohibit 
"unfair, deceptive or abusive" acts and practices.  The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau also has examination and enforcement authority 
over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets.  Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, 
such  as  Pathfinder  Bank,  will  continue  to  be  examined  by  their  applicable  federal  bank  regulators.   The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  gave  state 
attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.  

17  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  broadened  the  base  for  FDIC  assessments  for  deposit  insurance  and  permanently  increased  the  maximum  amount  of 
deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor.  The Dodd-Frank Act also, among other things, requires originators of certain securitized loans to 
retain a portion of the credit risk, stipulates regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment 
of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.  The Dodd-Frank Act increased 
the  ability  of  shareholders  to  influence  boards  of  directors  by  requiring  companies  to  give  shareholders  a  non-binding  vote  on  executive 
compensation and so-called "golden parachute" payments. The Dodd-Frank Act also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules 
prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.  

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates or require the implementing regulations and, therefore, 
their  impact  on  our  operations  cannot  be  fully  determined  at  this  time.   However,  it  is  likely  that  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  will  increase  the 
regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for Pathfinder Bank and the Company.  

SBLF Participation  

On September 1, 2011, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which we sold to the U.S. Treasury 
13,000 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock, having a liquidation amount of $1,000 per share for aggregate proceeds of $13.0 million.  This 
transaction was entered into as part of the "Small Business Lending Fund" "SBLF").  

The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 
1, beginning October 1, 2011.  The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate liquidation amount, was initially set at 4.2% per annum 
based  upon  the  level  of  "Qualified  Small  Business  Lending,"  or  "QSBL"  (as  defined  in  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement)  by  Pathfinder 
Bank.  The  dividend  rate  for  dividend  periods  subsequent  to  the  initial  period  is  set  based  upon  the  "Percentage  Change  in  Qualified 
Lending" (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between each dividend period and the "Baseline" QSBL level.  Such dividend rate 
may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for 
the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods.  If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-
and-one-half years, or March 2016, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9.0% annually.  Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases 
as the level of Pathfinder Bank's QSBL increases.  Our dividend rate as of December 31, 2014 was 1.0%. Such dividends are not cumulative, 
but we may only declare and pay dividends on our common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if we 
have declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock.  We also are subject to other restrictions on 
our ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.   

We may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the liquidation 
amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the 
FDIC.  

The SBLF requires us to file quarterly reports on QSBL lending.  We must also make outreach efforts and advertise the availability of QSBL to 
organizations  and  individuals  who  represent  minorities,  women  and  veterans.   We  must  annually  certify  that  no  business  loans  are  made  to 
principals of businesses who have been convicted of a sex crime against a minor.  Finally, the SBLF requires us to file quarterly, annual and 
other reports provided to shareholders concurrently with the U.S. Treasury.  

Simultaneously  with  the  closing  of  the  SBLF  transaction  on  September  1,  2011,  we  exited  TARP.   Pursuant  to  our  exit,  we  redeemed 
(repurchased) from  the  Treasury, largely  using proceeds received from  the  issuance of the Series  B Preferred  Stock,  all 6,771 shares of our 
Series A Preferred Stock, having a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000.  On February 1, 2012, we redeemed (repurchased) a warrant 
to purchase 154,354 shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share.  The total redemption price of our TARP Series A Preferred Stock 
and the warrant to purchase 154,354 shares of our common stock, including all dividends paid to the Treasury, was approximately $7.3 million. 

18  

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

New York Bank Regulation  

Pathfinder  Bank  derives  its  lending,  investment,  branching  and  other  authority  primarily  from  the  applicable  provisions  of  New  York  State 
Banking Law and the regulations of the NYSDFS, as limited by federal laws and regulations.  Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, 
including  Pathfinder  Bank,  may  invest  in  real  estate  mortgages,  consumer  and  commercial  loans,  certain  types  of  debt  securities,  including 
certain  corporate  debt  securities  and  obligations  of  federal,  state  and  local  governments  and  agencies,  certain  types  of  corporate  equity 
securities and certain other assets.  Under the statutory authority for investing in equity securities, a savings bank may invest up to 7.5% of its 
assets in corporate stock, with an overall limit of 5% of its assets invested in common stock.  Investment in the stock of a single corporation is 
limited to the lesser of 2% of the outstanding stock of such corporation or 1% of the savings bank's assets, except as set forth below.  Such 
equity securities must meet certain earnings ratios and other tests of financial performance.  A savings bank's lending powers are not subject to 
percentage of assets limitations, although there are limits applicable to single borrowers.  A savings bank may also, pursuant to the "leeway" 
power,  make  investments  not  otherwise  permitted  under  the  New  York  State  Banking  Law.   This  power  permits  investments  in  otherwise 
impermissible investments of up to 1% of assets in any single investment, subject to certain restrictions and to an aggregate limit for all such 
investments  of  up  to  5%  of  assets.   Additionally,  in  lieu  of  investing  in  such  securities  in  accordance  with  and  reliance  upon  the  specific 
investment authority set forth in the New York State Banking Law, savings banks are authorized to elect to invest under a "prudent person" 
standard  in  a  wider  range  of  investment  securities  as  compared  to  the  types  of  investments  permissible  under  such  specific  investment 
authority.  However,  in the  event  a savings  bank  elects  to utilize  the "prudent  person" standard, it  will be  unable to  avail itself of the  other 
provisions of the New York State Banking Law and regulations which set forth specific investment authority.  Pathfinder Bank has not elected 
to conduct its investment activities under the "prudent person" standard. A savings bank may also exercise trust powers upon approval of the 
NYSDFS.  Pathfinder Bank does not presently have trust powers.  

New York State chartered savings banks may also invest in subsidiaries under their service corporation investment authority.  A savings bank 
may use this power to invest in corporations that engage in various activities authorized for savings banks, plus any additional activities that 
may  be  authorized  by  the  NYSDFS.   Investment  by  a  savings  bank  in  the  stock,  capital  notes  and  debentures  of  its  service  corporations  is 
limited to 3% of the bank's assets, and such investments, together with the bank's loans to its service corporations, may not exceed 10% of the 
savings bank's assets.  

Furthermore, New York banking regulations impose requirements on loans which a bank may make to its executive officers and directors and 
to certain corporations or partnerships in which such persons have equity interests.  These requirements include that (i) certain loans must be 
approved in advance by a majority of the entire board of directors and the interested party must abstain from participating directly or indirectly 
in voting on such loan, (ii) the loan must be on terms that are not more favorable than those offered to unaffiliated third parties, and (iii) the 
loan must not involve more than a normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.  

Under the New York State Banking Law, the Superintendent may issue an order to a New York State chartered banking institution to appear 
and explain an apparent violation of law, to discontinue unauthorized or unsafe practices and to keep prescribed books and accounts.  Upon a 
finding by the NYSDFS that any director, trustee or officer of any banking organization has violated any law, or has continued unauthorized or 
unsafe practices in conducting the business of the banking organization after having been notified by the Superintendent to discontinue such 
practices, such director, trustee or officer may be removed from office after notice and an opportunity to be heard.  Pathfinder Bank does not 
know of any past or current  practice, condition or violation that may lead to any proceeding by the Superintendent or the NYSDFS against 
Pathfinder Bank or any of its directors or officers.  

19  

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

New York State Community Reinvestment Regulation  

Pathfinder Bank is also subject to provisions of the New York State Banking Law which imposes continuing and affirmative obligations upon 
banking institutions organized in New York State to serve the credit needs of its local community ("NYCRA") which are substantially similar 
to  those  imposed  by  the  Federal  Community  Reinvestment  Act.   Pursuant  to  the  NYCRA,  a  bank  must  file  an  annual  NYCRA  report  and 
copies of all federal CRA reports with the NYSDFS  The NYCRA requires the NYSDFS to make a biennial written assessment of a bank's 
compliance  with  the  NYCRA,  utilizing  a  four-tiered  rating  system  and  make  such  assessment  available  to  the  public.   The  NYCRA  also 
requires  the  Superintendent  to  consider  a  bank's  NYCRA  rating  when  reviewing  a  bank's  application  to  engage  in  certain  transactions, 
including mergers, asset purchases and the establishment of branch offices or automated  teller machines, and provides that such assessment 
may  serve  as  a  basis  for  the  denial  of  any  such  application.  Pathfinder  Bank's  NYCRA  most  recent  rating,  dated  December  31,  2012,  was 
"satisfactory."  

Federal Regulations  

Capital  Requirements.  Under  the  FDIC's  regulations,  federally  insured  state-chartered  banks  that  are  not  members  of  the  Federal  Reserve 
System  ("state  non-member  banks"),  such  as  Pathfinder  Bank,  are  required  to  comply  with  minimum  leverage  capital  requirements.  For  an 
institution not anticipating or experiencing significant growth and deemed by the FDIC to be, in general, a strong banking organization rated 
composite 1 under Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System, the minimum capital leverage requirement in 2014 was a ratio of Tier 1 
capital to total assets of 3.0%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio was not less than 4.0%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of 
common  shareholder's  equity,  noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  (including  any  related  surplus)  and  minority  investments  in  certain 
subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.  

FDIC  regulations  also  require  state  non-member  banks  to  maintain  certain  ratios  of  regulatory  capital  to  regulatory  risk-weighted  assets,  or 
"risk-based  capital  ratios."  Risk-based  capital  ratios  are  determined  by  allocating  assets  and  specified  off-balance  sheet  items  to  four  risk-
weighted categories ranging from 0.0% to 200.0%. During 2014, state non-member banks were required to maintain a minimum ratio of total 
capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, of which at least one-half must have been Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital 
plus  Tier  2  or  supplementary  capital  items,  which  include  allowances  for  loan  losses  in  an  amount  of  up  to  1.25%  of  risk-weighted  assets, 
cumulative preferred stock, subordinated debentures and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity 
securities.  

In  July,  2013,  the  FDIC  and  the  other  federal  bank  regulatory  agencies  issued  a  final  rule  to  revise  their  risk-based  and  leverage  capital 
requirements  and  their  method  for  calculating  risk-weighted  assets,  to  make  them  consistent  with  the  agreements  that  were  reached  by  the 
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rule applies to all depository institutions, 
top-tier  bank  holding  companies  with  total  consolidated  assets  of  $500  million  or  more,  and  top-tier  savings  and  loan  holding  companies 
("banking organizations").  Among other things, the rule establishes a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-
weighted assets), sets a uniform minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%, increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement 
(from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on 
nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The 
final rule also limits a banking organization's capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does 
not  hold a "capital conservation buffer" consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets.  The final rule  became 
effective  for  us  on  January  1,  2015.  The  capital  conservation  buffer  requirement  is  being  phased  in  beginning  January  1,  2016  and  ending 
January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective.  

Standards  for  Safety  and  Soundness.  As  required  by  statute,  the  federal  banking  agencies  have  adopted  final  regulations  and  Interagency 
Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety 
and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital 
becomes  impaired.  The  guidelines  address  internal  controls  and  information  systems,  internal  audit  systems,  credit  underwriting,  loan 
documentation, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and, more recently, safeguarding 
customer  information.  If  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  determines  that  an  institution  fails  to  meet  any  standard  prescribed  by  the 
guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.  

20  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Business and Investment Activities.  Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks, including savings banks, have been limited in 
their activities as principal and in their equity investments to the type and the amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law. 
Federal law permits exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state-chartered savings banks may, with FDIC approval, continue to 
exercise  state  authority  to  invest  in  common  or  preferred  stocks  listed  on  a  national  securities  exchange  and  in  the  shares  of  an  investment 
company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is the lesser of 100.0% of 
Tier 1 capital or the maximum amount permitted by New York law.  

The FDIC  is  also authorized  to permit state banks to  engage in  state  authorized activities or investments not permissible  for  national  banks 
(other  than  non-subsidiary  equity  investments)  if  they  meet  all  applicable  capital  requirements  and  it  is  determined  that  such  activities  or 
investments  do  not  pose  a  significant  risk  to  the  FDIC  insurance  fund.  The  FDIC  has  adopted  regulations  governing  the  procedures  for 
institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 specified that a state bank may 
control  a  subsidiary  that  engages  in  activities  as  principal  that  would  only  be  permitted  for  a  national  bank  to  conduct  in  a  "financial 
subsidiary," if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for regulatory capital purposes.  

Prompt  Corrective  Regulatory  Action.  Federal  law  requires,  among  other  things,  that  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  take  "prompt 
corrective action" with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital 
categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.  

The  FDIC  has  adopted  regulations  to  implement  the  prompt  corrective  action  legislation.  In  2014,  an  institution  was  deemed  to  be  "well 
capitalized" if it had a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a leverage ratio 
of 5.0% or greater. An institution was "adequately capitalized" if it had a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based 
capital ratio of 4.0% or greater, and generally a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater. An institution was "undercapitalized" if it had a total risk-
based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0%, or generally a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. An 
institution  was  deemed  to  be  "significantly  undercapitalized"  if  it  had  a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  of  less  than  6.0%,  a  Tier  1  risk-based 
capital ratio of less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. An institution was considered to be "critically undercapitalized" if it had a 
ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.  

"Undercapitalized" banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a 
capital restoration plan. A bank's compliance with such a plan must be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution 
in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution's total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the 
status  of  adequately  capitalized.  If  an  "undercapitalized"  bank  fails  to  submit  an  acceptable  plan,  it  is  treated  as  if  it  is  "significantly 
undercapitalized." "Significantly undercapitalized" banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional measures, including, but not 
limited to, a required sale of sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, a requirement to reduce total assets, cessation of taking 
deposits from correspondent banks, the dismissal of directors  or officers and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of 
executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company. "Critically undercapitalized" institutions are subject to additional 
measures  including,  subject  to  a  narrow  exception,  the  appointment  of  a  receiver  or  conservator  within  270  days  after  being  designated 
"critically undercapitalized."  

21  

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The  previously  mentioned  final  regulatory  capital  rule  that  increases  regulatory  capital  requirements  adjusted  the  prompt  corrective  action 
categories  accordingly  effective  January  1,  2015.   Under  the  revised  requirements,  an  institution  must  meet  the  following  in  order  to  be 
classified as "well capitalized":  (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 6.5% (new standard); (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% 
(increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based ratio of 10% (unchanged) and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged).  

At December 31, 2014, Pathfinder Bank was well-capitalized.  

Transactions with Related Parties. Transactions between a bank (and, generally, its subsidiaries) and its related parties or affiliates are limited 
by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under 
common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by 
such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act limit the extent to which 
the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in "covered transactions" with any one affiliate to 10% of such institution's capital stock and surplus 
and  contain  an  aggregate  limit  on  all  such  transactions  with  all  affiliates  to  an  amount  equal  to  20%  of  such  institution's  capital  stock  and 
surplus. The term "covered transaction" includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and similar transactions. In 
addition,  loans  or  other  extensions  of  credit  by  the  institution  to  the  affiliate  are  required  to  be  collateralized  in  accordance  with  specified 
requirements. The law also requires that affiliate transactions be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable 
to the institution, as those provided to non-affiliates.  

Pathfinder Bank's authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such 
persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal 
Reserve Board.  Among other things, these provisions generally require that extensions of credit to insiders:  

•  

•  

be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, 
those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of 
repayment or present other unfavorable features; and  

not  exceed  certain  limitations  on  the  amount  of  credit  extended  to  such  persons,  individually  and  in  the  aggregate,  which 
limits are based, in part, on the amount of Pathfinder Bank's capital.  

In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Pathfinder Bank's board of directors.  Extensions of credit to 
executive officers are subject to additional limits based on the type of extension involved.  

Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured state savings banks, including Pathfinder Bank. That enforcement 
authority  includes,  among  other  things,  the  ability  to  assess  civil  money  penalties,  issue  cease  and  desist  orders  and  remove  directors  and 
officers. In general, enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. The 
FDIC also has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under certain circumstances. The FDIC is 
required,  with  certain  exceptions,  to  appoint  a  receiver  or  conservator  for  an  insured  state  non-member  bank  if  the  bank  was  "critically 
undercapitalized"  on  average  during  the  calendar  quarter  beginning  270  days  after  the  date  on  which  the  institution  became  "critically 
undercapitalized."  

Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts.   The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, 
savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor.    

Under  the  FDIC's  risk-based  assessment  system,  insured  institutions  are  assigned  to  one  of  four  risk  categories  based  on  supervisory 
evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors.  Rates are based on each institution's risk category and certain specified risk 
adjustments.  Stronger institutions pay lower rates while riskier institutions pay higher rates.  

22  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents  

In  February  2011,  the  FDIC  published  a  final  rule  under  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  to  reform  the  deposit  insurance  assessment  system.   The  rule 
redefined  the  assessment  base  used  for  calculating  deposit  insurance  assessments  effective  April  1,  2011.   Under  the  rule,  assessments  are 
based  on  an  institution's  average  consolidated  total  assets  minus  average  tangible  equity,  instead  of  total  deposits.    The  rule  revised  the 
assessment rate schedule to establish assessments ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points.  

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation ("FICO") is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, 
assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former 
Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Insurance  Corporation.  The  bonds  issued  by  the  FICO  are  due  to  mature  in  2017  through  2019.   For  the  quarter 
ended  December  31,  2014,  the  annualized  Financing  Corporation  assessment  was  equal  to  0.62  of  a  basis  point  of  total  assets  less  tangible 
capital.  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  increased  the  minimum  target  Deposit  Insurance  Fund  ratio  from  1.15%  of  estimated  insured  deposits  to  1.35%  of 
estimated  insured  deposits.   The  FDIC  must  seek  to  achieve  the  1.35%  ratio  by  June  30,  2020.   It  is  intended  that  insured  institutions  with 
assets of $10 billion or more will fund the increase.  The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the 
discretion of the FDIC, and the FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long-term fund ratio of 2%.  

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments.  Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses 
and results of operations of Pathfinder Bank.  Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.  

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an 
unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order  or  condition  imposed  by  the 
FDIC.  We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.  

Community  Reinvestment  Act.  Under  the  CRA,  a  bank  has  a  continuing  and  affirmative  obligation,  consistent  with  its  safe  and  sound 
operation,  to  help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  its  entire  community,  including  low  and  moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The  CRA  does  not 
establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of 
products  and  services  that  it  believes  are  best  suited  to  its  particular  community.  The  CRA  does  require  the  FDIC,  in  connection  with  its 
examination of a bank, to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its 
evaluation of certain applications by such institution, including applications to establish or acquire branches and merger with other depository 
institutions. The CRA requires the FDIC to provide a written evaluation of an institution's CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive 
rating system. Pathfinder Bank's latest FDIC CRA rating, dated October 9, 2012, was "satisfactory."  

Federal  Reserve  System.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations  require  depository  institutions  to  maintain  non-interest-earning  reserves 
against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) and regular checking accounts).  The regulations generally 
provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts 
up to and including $89.0 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $89.0 million.  The first $13.3 million of otherwise reservable balances 
are exempted from the reserve requirements.  The amounts are adjusted annually.  Pathfinder Bank complies with the foregoing requirements.  

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  Pathfinder Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of twelve regional 
Federal Home Loan Banks.  The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as 
other entities involved in home mortgage lending.  As a member of the FHLBNY, Pathfinder Bank is required to acquire and hold a specified 
amount of shares of capital stock in the FHLBNY.  As of December 31, 2014, Pathfinder Bank was in compliance with this requirement.  

23  

 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Other Regulations  

Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Pathfinder Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest 
rates.  Pathfinder Bank's operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:  

•  

• • • •     

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;  

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real 
estate  receive  various  disclosures,  including  good  faith  estimates  of  settlement  costs,  lender  servicing  and  escrow  account 
practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;  

Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  requiring  financial  institutions  to  provide  information  to  enable  the  public  and  public 
officials  to  determine  whether  a  financial  institution  is  fulfilling  its  obligation  to  help  meet  the  housing  needs  of  the 
community it serves;  

Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending 
credit;  

Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;  

Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;  

Truth in Savings Act; and  

Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.  

The operations of Pathfinder Bank also are subject to the:  

•  

•  

•  

•  

•  

Right  to  Financial  Privacy  Act,  which  imposes  a  duty  to  maintain  confidentiality  of  consumer  financial  records  and 
prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;  

Electronic  Funds  Transfer  Act  and  Regulation  E  promulgated  thereunder,  which  govern  automatic  deposits  to  and 
withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers' rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and 
other electronic banking services;  

Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as "Check 21"), which gives "substitute checks," such as digital check 
images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;  

USA  PATRIOT  Act,  which  requires  savings  banks  operating  to,  among  other  things,  establish  broadened  anti-money 
laundering  compliance  programs,  due  diligence  policies  and  controls  to  ensure  the  detection  and  reporting  of  money 
laundering.  Such  required  compliance  programs  are  intended  to  supplement  existing  compliance  requirements,  also 
applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and  

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions 
with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial 
products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution's privacy policy and provide 
such customers  the opportunity  to "opt out"  of  the  sharing  of  certain personal  financial information with  unaffiliated  third 
parties.  

24  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents  

Holding Company Regulation  

The Company, as a bank holding company, is subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act 
of  1956,  as  amended,  as  administered  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  The  Company  is  required  to  obtain  the  prior  approval  of  the  Federal 
Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval 
would  be required  for the  Company to  acquire  direct  or  indirect  ownership  or  control of any voting  securities of any bank  or  bank holding 
company if it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company.  

A  bank  holding  company  is  generally  prohibited  from  engaging  in,  or  acquiring,  direct  or  indirect  control  of  more  than  5%  of  the  voting 
securities of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the 
Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Some of the 
principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing 
loans;  (ii) performing  certain  data  processing  services;  (iii) providing  securities  brokerage  services;  (iv) acting  as  fiduciary,  investment  or 
financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property under certain conditions; (vi) making investments in corporations or projects designed 
primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association.  

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act of 1999 authorizes a bank  holding  company  that meets  specified  conditions, including depository  institutions 
subsidiaries that are "well capitalized" and "well managed," to opt to become a "financial holding company." A "financial holding company" 
may  engage  in  a  broader  array  of  financial  activities  than  permitted  a  typical  bank  holding  company.  Such  activities  can  include  insurance 
underwriting and investment banking.  The Company has elected to be a "financial holding company."  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  required  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  to  promulgate  consolidated  capital  requirements  for  bank  and  savings  and  loan 
holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to their subsidiary 
depository institutions.  Instruments such as cumulative preferred stock and trust-preferred securities, which are currently includable as Tier 1 
capital,  by  bank  holding  companies  within  certain  limits  are  no  longer  includable  as  Tier  1  capital,  subject  to  certain  grandfathering.   The 
previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act's directives as to holding company 
capital requirements.  

In December 2014, legislation was passed by Congress that requires the Federal Reserve to revise its "Small Bank Holding Company Policy 
Statement"  to  exempt  bank  and  savings  and  loan  holding  companies  of  less  than  $1.0  billion  of  consolidated  assets  from  the  consolidated 
capital requirements,  provided that such companies meet certain other  conditions such as not engaging  in  significant  nonbanking  activities.  
Currently,  the  small  bank  exemption  applies  only  to  bank  holding  companies  (not  savings  and  loan  holding  companies)  of  less  than  $500 
million in consolidated assets.  The Federal Reserve maintains authority to apply the consolidated capital requirements to any bank or savings 
and  loan  holding  company  as  warranted  for  supervisory  purposes.   This  legislation,  when  implemented  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  may 
exempt the Company from the consolidated capital requirements until its consolidated assets reach $1.0 billion.  

A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then 
outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all 
such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company's consolidated net worth. The Federal 
Reserve  Board  may  disapprove  such  a  purchase  or  redemption  if  it  determines  that  the  proposal  would  constitute  an  unsafe  and  unsound 
practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement 
with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted an exception to that approval requirement for well-capitalized bank 
holding companies that meet certain other conditions.  The Federal Reserve Board has issued guidance which requires consultation with the 
Federal Reserve Board prior to a redemption or repurchase in certain circumstances.  

25  

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  issued  a  policy  statement  regarding  the  payment  of  dividends  by  bank  holding  companies.  In  general,  the 
Federal Reserve Board's policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings 
retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. 
The Federal Reserve Board's policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by 
using available resources to provide capital funds during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and 
capital-raising  capacity  to  obtain  additional  resources  for  assisting  its  subsidiary  banks  where  necessary.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  codified  the 
source of strength policy.  Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if 
a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise 
engage in capital distributions.  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act makes depository institutions liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the insurance fund in 
connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution or any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in 
danger of default. This law could potentially apply to Pathfinder Commercial Bank.  

The Company and Pathfinder Bank will be affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of various agencies of the United States Government, 
including the Federal Reserve System. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, it is impossible for 
management to accurately predict future changes in monetary policy or the effect of such changes on the business or financial condition of the 
Company or Pathfinder Bank.  

The Company's status as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and 
state laws and regulations applicable to corporations generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.  

Federal Securities Laws  

The Company's common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  We are 
subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of the Company's shares of common stock issued in the Company's stock offering does not 
cover the resale of those shares.  Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration.  
Shares purchased by our affiliates are subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.  If we meet the current 
public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of 
Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate's sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, 
without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average 
weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks.  In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares 
registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.  

26  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and 
enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. We have prepared policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance 
with these regulations.  

FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION  

Federal Taxation  

General  .   The  Bank  and  the  Company  is  subject  to  federal  income  taxation  in  the  same  general  manner  as  other  corporations,  with  some 
exceptions discussed below.  The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax 
matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Company or the Bank..  

Method of Accounting .  For federal income tax purposes, the Company currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of 
accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.  

Bad Debt Reserves .  Prior to 1996, Pathfinder Bank was permitted to establish a reserve for bad debts and to make annual additions to the 
reserve. These additions could, within specified formula limits, be deducted in arriving at our taxable income. As a result of tax law changes in 
1996, Pathfinder Bank was required to use the specific charge-off method in computing its bad debt deduction beginning with its 1996 federal 
tax  return.  Savings  institutions  were  required  to  recapture  any  excess  reserves  over  those  established  as  of  December  31,  1987  (base  year 
reserve). At December 31, 2014, Pathfinder Bank had no reserves subject to recapture in excess of its base year reserves.  

Pathfinder-Federal is required to use the specific charge-off method to account for tax bad debt deductions.  

Taxable Distributions and Recapture .  Prior to 1996, bad debt reserves created prior to 1988 were subject to recapture into taxable income if 
Pathfinder  Bank  failed  to  meet  certain  thrift  asset  and  definitional  tests  or  made  certain  distributions.   Tax  law  changes  in  1996  eliminated 
thrift-related recapture rules.  However, under current law, pre-1988 tax bad debt reserves remain subject to recapture if Pathfinder Bank makes 
certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its common stock, pays dividends in excess of earnings and profits, or fails to qualify as 
a "bank" for tax purposes.  At December 31, 2014, our total federal pre-base year bad debt reserve was approximately $1.3 million.  

Alternative Minimum Tax .  The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable 
income plus certain tax preferences, less any available exemption.  The alternative minimum tax is imposed to the extent it exceeds the regular 
income tax.  Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative taxable income.  Certain payments of alternative minimum tax 
may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years.  At December 31, 2014, the Company had no such amounts available as 
credits for carryover.  

Net Operating Loss Carryovers.   A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to 
the succeeding 20 taxable years.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company does not have a federal net operating loss carryforward.  

Corporate  Dividends-Received  Deduction  .   The  Company  may  exclude  from  its  federal  taxable  income  100%  of  dividends  received  from 
Pathfinder Bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary by filing consolidated tax returns.  The corporate dividends received deduction is 80% when the 
corporation receiving the dividend owns at least 20% of the stock of the distributing corporation.  The dividends-received deduction is 70% 
when the corporation receiving the dividend owns less than 20% of the distributing corporation.  

27  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

State Taxation  

For 2014, we are subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations in an annual amount equal to the greater of (i) 7.1% of 
Pathfinder Bank's "entire net income" allocable to New York State during the taxable year, or (ii) the applicable alternative minimum tax.  The 
alternative minimum tax is generally the greater of (a) 0.01% of the value of Pathfinder Bank's assets allocable to New York State with certain 
modifications, (b) 3% of our "alternative entire net income" allocable to New York State, or (c) $1,250.  Entire net income is similar to federal 
taxable income, subject to certain modifications and alternative entire net income is equal to entire net income without certain modifications.  
Net operating losses arising in the current period can be carried forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years.  

Effective  January  1,  2015,  banking  corporations  will  be  taxed  under  the  New  York  State  General  Business  Corporation  Franchise  Tax 
provisions.  The New York State tax rate on "entire net income" will be reduced from 7.1% to 6.5% effective January 1, 2016, and various 
modifications will be available to community banks (defined as banks with less than $8 billion in total assets) regarding deductions associated 
with interest income.  

Our state tax returns have not been audited for the last five years.  

As a Maryland business corporation, New Pathfinder is required to file an annual report with, and pay franchise taxes to, the state of Maryland.  

ITEM 1A: RISK FACTORS  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

ITEM 1B:  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None.  

28  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

ITEM 2: PROPERTIES  

The Company has seven offices located in Oswego County, one office in Onondaga County, and a business banking office located in Syracuse, 
New  York.   Management  believes  that  the  Bank's  facilities  are  adequate  for  the  business  conducted.  The  following  table  sets  forth  certain 
information concerning the main office and each branch office of the Bank at December 31, 2014.  The aggregate net book value of the Bank's 
premises and equipment was $13.2 million at December 31, 2014.  For additional information regarding the Bank's properties, see Notes 8 and 
16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

LOCATION  
Main Office  
214 West First Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Plaza Branch  
Route 104, Ames Plaza  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Mexico Branch  
Norman & Main Streets  
Mexico, New York  13114  

Oswego East Branch  
34 East Bridge Street  
Oswego, New York  13126  

Lacona Branch  
1897 Harwood Drive  
Lacona, New York 13083  

Fulton Branch  
5 West First Street South  
Fulton, New York  13069  

Central Square Branch  
3025 East Ave  
Central Square, New York  13036  

Cicero Branch  
6194 State Route 31  
Cicero, New York 13039  

Syracuse Business Banking Office  
302-310 South Salina Street  
Syracuse, New York 13202  

OPENING DATE  

1874   

OWNED/LEASED  
Owned  

1989   

     Owned (1)  

1978   

Owned  

1994   

Owned  

2002   

Owned  

2003   

     Owned (2)  

2005   

Owned  

2011   

Owned  

2014   

Leased (3)  

(1) The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $26,400.  
(2) The building is owned; the underlying land is leased with an annual rent of $33,000.  
(3) The premises are leased with an annual rent of $58,000.  

29  

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
   
  
  
    
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
Table of Contents  

ITEM 3: LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

There  are various  claims  and  lawsuits to  which  the Company  is  periodically involved  that  are incidental to the  Company's  business.  In the 
opinion  of  management,  such  claims  and  lawsuits  in  the  aggregate  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Company's 
consolidated financial condition and results of operations .  

ITEM 4: MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE  

Not applicable  

PART  II  

ITEM  5:   MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

The Company's common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market on October 17, 2014 under the symbol "PBHC" following 
the completion of the Conversion and Offering.  Prior to that date, the common stock of Pathfinder-Federal, the Company's predecessor, had 
traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market.  

There were 774 shareholders of record as of March 17, 201 5.  The following table sets forth the high and low closing bid prices and dividends 
paid per share of common stock for the periods indicated.  The stock prices prior to October 17, 2014 have been adjusted by the exchange ratio 
of 1.6472 used in the Conversion and Offering.  The dividends paid have not been adjusted by the exchange ratio.  

Quarter Ended:  
December 31, 2014  
September 30, 2014  
June 30, 2014  
March 31, 2014  
December 31, 2013  
September 30, 2013  
June 30, 2013  
March 31, 2013  

Price per share  
High     
10.20      $ 
9.22      $ 
9.29      $ 
8.76      $ 
8.52      $ 
9.71      $ 
9.56      $ 
7.92      $ 

Low     
9.45      $ 
8.57      $ 
8.75      $ 
8.20      $ 
7.76      $ 
7.57      $ 
6.92      $ 
6.25      $ 

Dividend   
Paid   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   
0.03   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

30  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
Table of Contents  

Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2014  with  respect  to  shares  of  common  stock  that  may  be  issued  under  the 
Company's existing equity compensation plans.  

Number of 
securities to 
be issued 
upon exercise 
of outstanding 
options, 
warrants and 

Weighted-
average 
exercise price 
of outstanding 
options, 
warrants and 

Number of 
securities 
remaining 
available for 
future 
issuance 
under equity 
compensation 
plans 
(excluding 
securities 
reflected in 
column (a)   
64,000   
-  
64,000   

Plan Category  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  
Total  

Dividends and Dividend History  

rights     
170,000     $ 
-      
170,000     $ 

rights     
5.75       
-      
5.75       

The  Company  (and  its  predecessor)  has  historically  paid  regular  quarterly  cash  dividends  on  its  common  stock.   The  Board  of  Directors 
presently intends to continue the payment of regular quarterly cash dividends, subject to the need for those funds for debt service and other 
purposes.  Payment of dividends on the common stock is subject to determination and declaration by the Board of Directors and will depend 
upon  a  number  of  factors,  including  capital  requirements,  regulatory  limitations  on  the  payment  of  dividends,  Pathfinder  Bank  and  its 
subsidiaries'  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition,  tax  considerations,  and  general  economic  conditions.   More  details  are  included 
within the section titled Regulation and Supervision.  

There were no stock repurchases in the three month period ended December 31, 2014.  

31  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

ITEM 6: SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

The following selected consolidated financial data sets forth certain financial highlights of the Company and should be read in conjunction with 
the consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations" included elsewhere  in this annual report on  Form 10-K.  

For the years ended December 31,  

2014      

2013      

2012      

2011      

2010   

Year End ( In thousands )  
Total assets  
Investment securities available for sale  
Investment securities held to maturity  
Loans receivable, net  
Deposits  
Advances or borrowings  
Shareholders' Equity  

  $ 

561,024   
88,073   
40,875   
382,189   
415,568   
66,100   
69,204   

  $ 

For the Year ( In thousands )  
Total interest income  
Total interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Total noninterest income  
Total noninterest expense  
Net income before income taxes  
Income tax expense  
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest       
  $ 
Net income  

Per Share  
Income per share – basic (a)  
Income per share – diluted (a)  
Book value per common share  
Tangible book value per common share  
Cash dividends declared  

  $ 
  $ 

19,699   
2,614   
17,085   
1,205   
15,880   
3,759   
15,685   
3,954   
1,153   
56   
2,745   

0.64   
0.63   
12.82   
11.78   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Performance Ratios  
Return on average assets  
Return on average equity  
Average equity to average assets  
Shareholders' Equity to total assets at end of period  
Net interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-
bearing liabilities  
Noninterest expense to average assets  
Efficiency ratio (b)  
Dividend payout ratio (c)  
Return on average common equity  

0.51 %     
5.50   
9.27   
12.26   
3.31   
3.40   

117.88   
2.92   
76.51   
13.89   
7.45   

32  

  $ 

  $ 

503,793   
80,959   
34,412   
336,592   
410,140   
40,853   
43,070   

18,883   
3,264   
15,619   
1,032   
14,587   
3,416   
14,751   
3,252   
847   

(1 )       
  $ 

2,406   

  $ 
  $ 

0.58   
0.58   
11.33   
10.16   
0.12   

0.48 %     
5.86   
8.24   
8.55   
3.23   
3.34   

115.85   
2.96   
79.14   
12.47   
8.58   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

477,796   
108,339   
-  
329,247   
391,805   
34,964   
40,747   

18,765   
3,908   
14,857   
825   
14,032   
3,063   
13,518   
3,577   
929   
-  
2,648   

0.53   
0.53   
10.60   
9.13   
0.12   

0.57 %     
6.68   
8.48   
8.53   
3.28   
3.41   

113.89   
2.89   
75.53   
11.37   
8.26   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

442,980   
100,395   
-  
300,770   
366,129   
26,074   
37,841   

18,604   
4,341   
14,263   
940   
13,323   
3,192   
13,148   
3,367   
1,044   
-  
2,323   

0.32   
0.32   
9.49   
8.02   
0.12   

0.55 %     
6.75   
8.21   
8.54   
3.52   
3.66   

112.22   
3.14   
77.56   
12.87   
5.09   

408,545   
85,327   
-  
281,648   
326,502   
41,000   
30,592   

18,139   
4,808   
13,331   
1,050   
12,281   
3,020   
11,789   
3,512   
1,007   
-  
2,505   

0.50   
0.50   
9.81   
8.26   
0.12   

0.64 % 
8.07   
7.89   
7.49   
3.47   
3.61   

110.84   
3.00   
71.95   
11.90   
8.20   

 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Asset Quality Ratios  
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans  
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets  
Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable  
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming 
loans  

1.61 %     
1.16   
1.38   

1.57 %     
1.18   
1.48   

1.66 %     
1.25   
1.35   

1.55 %     
1.19   
1.31   

2.08 % 
1.54   
1.28   

85.50   

94.22   

81.13   

84.18   

61.58   

Regulatory Capital Ratios (Bank Only)  
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)  
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)  
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted assets)  

Number of:  
Banking offices  
Fulltime equivalent employees  

16.60 %     
15.31   
10.55   

14.13 %     
12.82   
8.72   

14.20 %     
12.90   
8.80   

14.94 %     
13.66   
9.37   

13.50 % 
12.24   
8.11   

9   
122   

8   
112   

8   
110   

8   
110   

7   
105   

(a)   Adjusted to reflect the 1.6472 exchange ratio used in the conversion.  
(b)   The efficiency ratio is calculated as noninterest expense, including regulatory assessments, divided by the sum of net interest income 

and noninterest income excluding net gains on sales, redemptions and impairment of investment securities and net gains (losses) on 
sales of loans and foreclosed real estate.  

(c)   The dividend payout ratio is calculated using dividends declared and not waived by Pathfinder Bancorp, MHC for periods prior to the 

Conversion and Offering that occurred on October 16, 2014, divided by net income.  

33  

 
 
   
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

ITEM 7: MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS      

INTRODUCTION  

Throughout  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  ("MD&A")  the  term,  "the  Company",  refers  to  the  consolidated  entity  of  Pathfinder 
Bancorp,  Inc.   Pathfinder  Bank  and  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II  are  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.,  however, 
Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II  is  not  consolidated  for  reporting  purposes  (see  Note  11  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements).   Pathfinder 
Commercial Bank, Pathfinder REIT, Inc., Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc., and Whispering Oaks Development Corp. are wholly 
owned subsidiaries of Pathfinder Bank.  At December 31, 2013, Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C, the Company's mutual holding company parent, 
whose activities are not included in the consolidated financial statements or the MD&A, held 60.4% of the Company's outstanding common 
stock and the public held 39.6% of the outstanding common stock.  

On October 16, 2014, Pathfinder Bancorp, MHC converted from the mutual to stock form of organization.  In connection with the Conversion, 
the 60.4% of outstanding shares of Pathfinder-Federal, Company's predecessor, owned by Pathfinder Bancorp, MHC were sold to depositors of 
the Bank (the "Offering").  Upon completion of the Conversion and Offering, the Company sold 2,636,053 of common stock to depositors at 
$10.00 per share.  Shareholders of the Company received 1.6472 shares of the Company's common stock for each share of Pathfinder-Federal 
common stock they owned immediately prior to completion of the transaction.  Cash in lieu of fractional shares was paid based on the offering 
price  of  $10.00  per  share.  Common  shares  held  by  the  Pathfinder-Federal  ESOP  prior  to  the  Conversion  were  also  exchanged  using  the 
Conversion ratio of 1.6472.  Following the completion of the Conversion and Offering, the Pathfinder-Federal was succeeded by the Company, 
a  new,  fully  public  Maryland  corporation  with  the  same  name.   Accordingly,  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  MHC  ceased  to  exist.   As  a  result  of  the 
offering and the exchange of shares, the Company has 4,352,203 shares outstanding.  

Our business strategy has been to transition from a traditional savings bank primarily focused on originating one- to four-family residential real 
estate loans to a more diversified loan composition similar to a commercial bank, while at the same time, maintaining our high standards of 
customer  service  and  convenience.  We  have  emphasized  developing  our  business  banking  by  offering  products  that  are  attractive  to  small 
businesses in our market area.  Notwithstanding, a significant portion of our lending activity has been, and will continue to be, the origination 
of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. Highlights of our business strategy are as follows:  

34  

                    
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents  

•   Expanding our business banking . We have increased our emphasis on servicing the needs of small businesses in our market area. 
We intend to use our branch office network and experienced commercial deposit specialists to provide convenient commercial loan 
and deposit products and services to business customers, including merchant and remote deposit capture services. We believe that by 
developing our commercial relationships with small businesses we will be able to offer a variety of services and deposit products that 
will provide a growing source of fee income to Pathfinder Bank. We have introduced new products and services in order to attract new 
business customers, and we will continue to expand our products to help meet the needs of our business customers.  

•   Continuing  our  emphasis  on  commercial  business  and  commercial  real  estate  lending  .  In  recent  years,  we  have  sought  to 
significantly  increase  our  commercial  business  and  commercial  real  estate  lending,  consistent  with  safe  and  sound  underwriting 
practices.  In  this  regard,  we  have  added  personnel  who  are  experienced  in  originating  and  servicing  commercial  real  estate  and 
commercial  business  loans.  We  view  the  growth  of  our  commercial  business  and  commercial  real  estate  loans  as  a  means  of 
diversifying  and  increasing  our  interest  income  and  establishing  relationships  with  local  businesses,  which  offer  a  recurring  and 
potentially broader source of fee income and deposits than traditional one- to four-family residential real estate lending.  We anticipate 
that  our  emphasis  on  commercial  business  and  commercial  real  estate  lending  will  complement  our  traditional  one-  to  four-family 
residential real estate lending.  

•   Diversifying  our  products  and  services  with  a  goal  of  increasing  non-interest  income  over  time.  We  have  sought  to  reduce  our 
dependence  on  net  interest  income  by  increasing  the  fee  income  for  services  we  provide.  We  offer  property  and  casualty,  life  and 
health  insurance  through  our  subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Risk  Management  Company,  Inc.,  and  its  insurance  agency  subsidiary,  the 
FitzGibbons Agency,  LLC.  Additionally,  Pathfinder Bank's  investment services  provides brokerage  services for  purchasing  stocks, 
bonds, mutual funds, annuities, and long-term care products.  We intend to gradually grow these businesses in the years ahead.  We 
have already added personnel for Pathfinder Bank's investment services.  We believe that there will be opportunities to cross-sell these 
products to our deposit and borrower customers which may increase our non-interest income.  

•   Continuing to grow our customer relationships and deposit base by expanding our branch network . As conditions permit, we will 
expand  our  branch  network  through  a  combination  of  de  novo  branching  and  acquisitions  of  branches  or  other  financial  services 
companies.  We believe that as we expand our branch network, our customer relationships and deposit base will continue to grow. As 
we  continue  to  grow  our  lending  operations  in  Onondaga  County,  we  anticipate  opening  additional  branches  in  Onondaga  County 
based on customer demand. As we expand our branch network, we expect our deposit base in Onondaga County to increase.  We do 
not  currently  have  any  agreements  or  understandings  regarding  specific  de  novo  branches  or  acquisitions.   Additionally,  we  have 
committed  significant  resources  to  establish  a  banking  platform  to  accommodate  future  growth  by  upgrading  our  information 
technology, maintaining a robust risk management and compliance staff, hiring additional commercial lenders and credit analysts, and 
upgrading  our  physical  infrastructure.  We  believe  that  these  investments  will  enable  us  to  achieve  operational  efficiencies  with 
minimal additional investments, while providing increased convenience for our customers.  

•   Utilizing the net proceeds from the conversion to continue the controlled growth of Pathfinder Bank . In 2009, we sold $6.7 million 
of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to  the  U.S.  Treasury  as  part  of  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief  Program  ("TARP").  In  September  2011,  we 
replaced  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  with  $13.0  million  in  gross  proceeds  from  the  sale  of  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  to  the  U.S. 
Treasury as part of the Small Business Lending Fund ("SBLF").  At December 31, 2014, the Series B Preferred Stock had an annual 
dividend rate of  1.0%  which will increase  to  9.0% in  March 2016.  We have used the proceeds from the sale of preferred stock to 
provide  capital  for  asset  growth  and  increased  lending.  We  believe  that  we  can  successfully  utilize  the  net  proceeds  from  the 
conversion  to  continue  our  asset  growth  and  create  a  banking  platform  that  will  improve  our  profitability  and  create  operational 
efficiencies for Pathfinder Bank.  

•   Providing  quality  customer  service.  Our  strategy  emphasizes  providing  quality  customer  service  delivered  through  our  branch 
network  and  meeting  the  financial  needs  of  our  customer  base  by  offering  a  full  complement  of  loan,  deposit  and  online  banking 
solutions (i.e., internet banking).  Our competitive advantage is our ability to make decisions, such as approving loans, more quickly 
than  our  larger  competitors.  Customers  enjoy,  and  will  continue  to  enjoy,  access  to  senior  executives  and  local  decision  makers  at 
Pathfinder Bank and the flexibility it brings to their businesses.  

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
and  follow  practices  within the  banking  industry.  Application of these  principles  requires  management to  make  estimates, assumptions  and 
judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions and 
judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial 
statements  could  reflect  different  estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments.   Certain  policies  inherently  have  a  greater  reliance  on  the  use  of 
estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  and  as  such  have  a  greater  possibility  of  producing  results  that  could  be  materially  different  than 
originally reported.  Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value or 
when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.  Carrying assets and liabilities at fair value inherently results in 
more financial statement volatility.  The fair values, and information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities, are 
based on quoted  market  prices  or  are  provided  by  other  third-party  sources, when  available.   When third party  information is not available, 
valuation adjustments are estimated in good faith by management.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
35  

 
   
Table of Contents  

The most  significant  accounting  policies  followed  by  the  Company are  presented  in  Note 1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements.   These 
policies,  along  with  the  disclosures  presented  in  the  other  financial  statement  notes  and  in  this  discussion,  provide  information  on  how 
significant  assets  and  liabilities  are  valued  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  how  those  values  are  determined.   Based  on  the 
valuation  techniques  used  and  the  sensitivity  of  financial  statement  amounts  to  the  methods,  assumptions,  and  estimates  underlying  those 
amounts, management has identified the allowance for loan losses, deferred income taxes, pension obligations, the evaluation of investment 
securities for other than temporary impairment, the annual evaluation of the Company's goodwill for possible impairment, and the estimation of 
fair values for accounting and disclosure purposes to be the accounting areas that require the most subjective and complex judgments.  These 
areas could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

Allowance  for  Loan  Losses.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  represents  management's  estimate  of  probable  loan  losses  inherent  in  the  loan 
portfolio.  Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant 
judgment on the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of 
homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and environmental factors, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.  The 
Company  establishes  a  specific  allowance  for  all  commercial  loans  in  excess  of  the  total  related  credit  threshold  of  $100,000  and  single 
borrower  residential  mortgage  loans  in  excess  of  the  total  related  credit  threshold  of  $300,000  identified  as  being  impaired  which  are  on 
nonaccrual  and  have  been  risk  rated  under  the  Company's  risk  rating  system  as  substandard,  doubtful,  or  loss.  In  addition,  an  accruing 
substandard loan could be identified as being impaired.  The measurement of impaired loans is generally based upon the present value of future 
cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate, except that all collateral-dependent loans are measured for impairment based on 
the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell.  The majority of the Company's impaired loans are collateral-dependent.  For all other loans, 
the Company uses the general allocation methodology that establishes an allowance to estimate the probable incurred loss for each risk-rating 
category.   The  loan  portfolio  also  represents  the  largest  asset  type  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  condition.   Note  1  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses and a discussion of the factors driving changes 
in the amount of the allowance for loan losses is included in this report.  

Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities .  Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the liability method.  Under 
this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is recognized for the future tax consequences.  This is attributable to the differences between 
the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases as well as net operating and capital loss 
carry forwards.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those 
temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.   The  affect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is 
recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.  If current available evidence about the future raises doubt 
about the likelihood of a deferred tax asset being realized, a valuation allowance is established.  The judgment about the level of future taxable 
income,  including  that  which  is  considered  capital,  is  inherently  subjective  and  is  reviewed  on  a  continual  basis  as  regulatory  and  business 
factors  change.   A  valuation  allowance  of  $458,000  was  maintained  at  December  31,  2014,  as  management  believes  it  may  not  generate 
sufficient capital gains to offset its capital loss carry forward.  The Company's effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due primarily to 
non-taxable interest income and bank owned life insurance.  

Pension Obligations.  Pension and  postretirement benefit plan  liabilities benefits  and expenses  are  based upon actuarial assumptions  of 
future events, including fair value of plan assets, interest rates, and the length of time the Company will have to provide those benefits.  The 
assumptions used by management are discussed in Note 12 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.  

36  

 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Evaluation  of  Investment  Securities  for  Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment  ("OTTI").  The  Company  carries  all  of  its  available-for-sale 
investments  at  fair  value  with  any  unrealized  gains  or  losses  reported  net  of  tax  as  an  adjustment  to  shareholders'  equity  and  included  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), except for the credit-related portion of debt security impairment losses and OTTI of equity 
securities which are charged to earnings.  The Company's ability to fully realize the value of its investments in various securities, including 
corporate  debt  securities,  is  dependent  on  the  underlying  creditworthiness  of  the  issuing  organization.   In  evaluating  the  debt  security  (both 
available-for-sale and held-to-maturity) portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers (1) if we intend to sell the 
security before recovery of its amortized cost; (2) if it is "more likely than not" we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis; or (3) if the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis. When the fair 
value  of  a  held-to-maturity  or  available-for-sale  security  is  less  than  its  amortized  cost  basis,  an  assessment  is  made  as  to  whether  OTTI  is 
present.   The  Company  considers  numerous  factors  when  determining  whether  a  potential  OTTI  exists  and  the  period  over  which  the  debt 
security is expected to recover.  The principal factors considered are (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less 
than the amortized cost basis, (2) the financial condition of the issuer and (guarantor, if any) and adverse conditions specifically related to the 
security, industry or geographic area, (3) failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments, (4) any changes 
to  the  rating  of  the  security  by  a  rating  agency,  and  (5)  the  presence  of  credit  enhancements,  if  any,  including  the  guarantee  of  the  federal 
government or any of its agencies.  

Evaluation  of  Goodwill  .   Management  performs  an  annual  evaluation  of  the  Company's  goodwill  for  possible  impairment.   Based  on  the 
results of the 2014 evaluation, management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill is not impaired as of December 31, 2014.  The 
evaluation approach is described in Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements.  
Estimation of Fair Value.  The estimation of fair value is significant to several of our assets; including investment securities available-for-
sale,  interest  rate  derivative  (discussed  in  detail  in  Note  19  to  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  contained  herein),  intangible 
assets, foreclosed real estate, and the value of loan collateral when valuing loans.  These are all recorded at either fair value, or the lower of cost 
or fair value. Fair values are determined based on third party sources, when available.  Furthermore, accounting principles generally accepted in 
the United States require disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments as a part of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  Fair 
values  on  our  available-for-sale  securities  may  be  influenced  by  a  number  of  factors;  including  market  interest  rates,  prepayment  speeds, 
discount rates, and the shape of yield curves.  

Fair values for securities available-for-sale are obtained from an independent third party pricing service.  Where available, fair values are based 
on  quoted  prices  on  a  nationally  recognized  securities  exchange.   If  quoted  prices  are  not  available,  fair  values  are  measured  using  quoted 
market prices for similar benchmark securities.  Management made no adjustments to the fair value quotes that were provided by the pricing 
source.   The  fair  values  of  foreclosed  real  estate  and  the  underlying  collateral  value  of  impaired  loans  are  typically  determined  based  on 
evaluations by third parties, less estimated costs to sell.  When necessary, appraisals are updated to reflect changes in market conditions.  

RECENT EVENTS  

On  December  18,  2014, the  Company  announced  that  its Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $.03  per  common  share.  The 
dividend is payable on February 2, 2015 to shareholders of record on January 15, 2014.  

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 1  

Earnings performance metrics generally improved for 2014 as compared to 2013 as the Company reported record net income of $2.7 million 
for  2014  as  compared  to  $2.4  million  for  2013.   Basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share,  return  on  average  assets,  and  net  interest  margin  all 
improved for 2014 as compared to 2013.  The most significant metric that decreased between these two years was return on average equity as 
the $24.9 million in net proceeds as a result of the Conversion significantly increased average equity, the denominator in the return on equity 
metric, in the fourth quarter of 2014.  

1 All historical measures relating to shares and earnings per share have been adjusted by the exchange ratio of 1.6472 used in the Conversion 
and Offering that occurred on October 16, 2014.  
The following comments refer to the table of Average Balances and Rates and the Rate/Volume Analysis, both of which follow below.  

37  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents  

For  2014,  return  on  average  assets  was  0.51%  as  compared  to  0.48%  for  the  prior  year  and  driven  by  the  increase  in  net  interest  income 
between the full year 2014 and the full year 2013.  The increase in average balances of loans and taxable investment securities as well as the 
decrease in average rates  paid on time deposits and FHLBNY borrowings primarily drive  the increase  in  net interest income.  Additionally, 
noninterest income increased to $3.8 million in 2014 from $3.4 million in 2013 due principally to the increase in other charges, commissions, 
and fees stemming from the commissions recorded by the FitzGibbons Agency, LLC and the increase in loan servicing fees. Partially offsetting 
these increases to net income was the increase in noninterest expense to $15.7 million in 2014 from $14.8 million in 2013, due largely to the 
increase  in  salaries  and  employee  benefits.   The  reasons  for  these  changes  are  provided  in  the  sections  titled  "Noninterest  Income"  and 
"Noninterest Expense".  Additionally, the provision for income taxes increased $306,000 between 2013 and 2014 due to the increase in income 
before taxes and a higher effective tax rate in 2014.  

Total  assets  were  $561.0  million  at  December  31,  2014  as  compared  to  $503.8  million  at  December  31,  2013.   The  increase  in  total  assets 
between these two dates was the result of the increase in loans, largely commercial real estate and residential mortgages, and the increase in 
securities. The loan portfolio increased $45.9 million and the investment securities portfolio increased $13.6 million between these two dates.  
The increase in total assets was funded largely by the $26.1 million increase in borrowings from the FHLBNY, the increase in shareholders' 
equity driven by the net proceeds of $24.9 million from the Conversion and Offering, and the $2.3 million increase in retained earnings from 
net income less common and preferred stock dividends declared during 2014.  

Certain  asset quality metrics  recorded  an improvement in the  areas of delinquencies  and  the  ratio of  allowance to loan losses  to period  end 
loans, and the ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets. Overall delinquency trends recorded an improvement between December 31, 2013 
and December 31, 2014 as total past due loans as a  percent of  total loans decreased from 5.1% to 3.0% at these two dates.  All major  loan 
product segments contributed to this  improvement.  The  ratio  of the allowance for  loan losses  to  period end loans decreased from 1.48% at 
December  31,  2013  to  1.38%  at  December  31,  2014  as  management's  estimate  of  the  probable  losses  inherent  in  the  current  loan  portfolio 
slightly decreased.   

Asset quality metrics that deteriorated were the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and the ratio of nonperforming loans to period end 
loans.  The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans was 0.25% for 2014 as compared to 0.15% for 2013, reflecting management's actions in 
2014 to charge-off those accounts deemed uncollectible but  reserved for previously through the provision for loan losses.  Additionally, the 
ratio of nonperforming loans to period end loans at December 31, 2014 was 1.61% as compared to 1.57% at December 31, 2013 as the level of 
nonperforming commercial real estate loans increased $1.6 million between these two dates.  

The Company's shareholders' equity increased $26.1 million, or 61.1%, to $68.8 million at December 31, 2014 from $42.7 million at December 
31, 2013.  This increase was principally due to the $24.9 million of net proceeds from the Conversion and Offering and $2.7 million in net 
income offset by common and preferred stock dividends declared.  

Net Interest Income  

Net interest income is the Company's primary source of operating income for payment of operating expenses and providing for possible loan 
losses.   It  is  the  amount  by  which  interest  earned  on  interest-earning  deposits,  loans  and  investment  securities  exceeds  the  interest  paid  on 
deposits and borrowed money.  Changes in net interest income and the net interest margin ratio result from the interaction between the volume 
and composition of earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, and their respective yields and funding costs.  

38  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents  

Net  interest  income  increased  $1.5  million  to  $17.1  million  for  2014  as  compared  to  the  same  prior  year  period  .  This  increase  was  due 
primarily to the increase in interest income on loans and investment securities stemming from the increase in average balances on these earning 
asset  products  and  the  decrease  in  interest  expense  on  time  deposits  and  FHLBNY  borrowings.   Significant  reductions  were  recorded  in 
average rates paid  on  time deposits and FHLBNY  borrowings  of 35 basis points and  55 basis points, respectively, between these  same two 
periods.   Interest  expense  on  borrowings,  the  majority  of  which  is  from  FHLBNY,  decreased  $127,000,  as  the  14.8%  increase  in  average 
balances, to $40.3 million, was more than offset by the decrease in rates paid on these borrowings from 1.78% in 2013 to 1.23% in 2014.  As a 
result, our net interest margin for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 increased to 3.4 0 % from 3.34% for the comparable prior year 
period .  

Average Balances and Rates  

The following  table  sets forth  information concerning average  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities and the  yields  and  rates 
thereon. Interest income and resultant yield information in the table has not been adjusted for tax equivalency. Averages are computed on the 
daily average balance for each month in the period divided by the number of days in the period. Yields and amounts earned include loan fees. 
Nonaccrual loans have been included in interest-earning assets for purposes of these calculations.  

2014  

For the twelve months Ended December 31,  
2013  

2012  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:  

     Average   
   Balance     Interest     Yield/Cost       Balance     Interest     Yield/Cost       Balance     Interest     Yield/Cost   

     Average      

     Average      

Loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities        27,854       
453       
Interest-earning time deposit  
Fed funds sold and interest-earning 

  $ 361,864     $ 16,928       
    106,976        1,975       
782       
7       

4.68 %   $ 338,732     $ 16,347       
1.85 %      94,597        1,748       
762       
2.81 %      25,972       
19       
1,612       
1.55 %     

4.83 %   $ 313,802     $ 16,082       
1.85 %      93,352        1,927       
728       
2.93 %      23,716       
24       
1,994       
1.18 %     

deposits  

Total interest-earning assets  

Noninterest-earning assets:  

Other assets  
Allowance for loan losses  
Net unrealized gains  
on available for sale securities  

Total assets  

Interest-bearing liabilities:  

5,386       

7       
    502,533       19,699       

0.13 %     
7       
6,901       
3.92 %     467,814       18,883       

0.10 %     
4       
3,426       
4.04 %     436,290       18,765       

     39,769       
(5,152 )     

736       
  $ 537,886       

     33,809       
(4,865 )     

1,088       
  $ 497,846       

     32,593       
(4,224 )     

2,594       
  $ 467,253       

5.12 % 
2.06 % 
3.07 % 
1.20 % 

0.12 % 
4.30 % 

NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

76       
  $  38,960     $ 
22       
     13,205       
401       
     94,941       
     73,683       
63       
    160,043        1,394       
161       
497       
Total interest-bearing liabilities       426,325        2,614       

5,155       
     40,338       

80       
0.20 %   $  37,733     $ 
26       
0.17 %      13,962       
364       
0.42 %      81,734       
0.09 %      69,284       
54       
0.87 %     160,823        1,954       
162       
3.12 %     
5,155       
1.23 %      35,128       
624       
0.61 %     403,819        3,264       

82       
0.21 %   $  31,819       
43       
0.19 %      14,395       
427       
0.45 %      77,401       
0.08 %      63,962       
54       
1.22 %     159,283        2,290       
169       
3.14 %     
5,155       
1.78 %      31,079       
843       
0.81 %     383,094        3,908       

0.26 % 
0.30 % 
0.55 % 
0.08 % 
1.44 % 
3.28 % 
2.71 % 
1.02 % 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities:  

Demand deposits  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities & shareholders' 

equity  
Net interest income  
Net interest rate spread  
Net interest margin  
Ratio of average interest-earning 
assets  

to average interest-bearing 

liabilities  

     57,335       
4,356       
    488,016       
     49,870       

  $ 537,886       

     48,814       
4,185       
    456,818       
     41,028       

  $ 497,846       

     40,759       
3,765       
    427,618       
     39,635       

  $ 467,253       

      $ 17,085       

      $ 15,619       

      $ 14,857       

3.31 %     
3.40 %     

3.23 %     
3.34 %     

3.28 % 
3.41 % 

117.88 %     

115.85 %     

113.89 % 

39  

   
 
 
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
     
    
    
     
    
    
  
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
        
        
Table of Contents  

Interest Income  

Changes  in  interest  income  result  from  changes  in  the  average  balances  of  loans,  securities,  and  interest-earning  deposits  and  the  related 
average yields on those balances.  

Interest  income  increased  4.3%  to  $19.7  million  between  2013  and  2014  due  principally  to  the  $34.7  million  or  7.4%  increase  in  average 
interest-earning  assets  between  these  two  time  periods.   The  increase  in  average  interest-earning  assets  was  due  to  the  increase  in  average 
balances of loans and taxable investment securities, which increased 6.8% and 13.1%, respectively between these two periods.  The increase in 
the average balance of loans was driven principally by commercial real estate loans.  The average yields earned on loans, however, decreased 
by 15 basis points from 4.83% in 2013 to 4.68% in 2014 as maturing higher rate loans were replaced by loans at current lower market rates. 
Yields on taxable investment securities remained unchanged at 1.85% between 2013 and 2014 and reflective of the prolonged lower interest 
rate environment for shorter duration securities throughout 2013 and 2014.  

Interest Expense  

Changes in interest expense result from changes in the average balances of deposits and borrowings and the related average interest costs on 
those balances.  

The  increase  in  average  balances  of  interest  earning  assets  was  funded,  in  part,  by  the  $22.5  million  increase  in  interest-bearing  liabilities 
between 2013  and 2014.  Interest  expense  decreased  $650,000  between these  two  time periods driven  principally the  $560,000  reduction in 
interest  expense  on time  deposits  and  the  $127,000  reduction  in  interest  expense on borrowings.  The  reduction  in  interest  expense  on  time 
deposits was the result of maturing long term and higher rate certificates of deposit being replaced by shorter term certificates of deposits at 
lower current  market  rates  as  customers  opted  to  retain shorter term  investments given  the uncertain  interest  rate  environment.  As  a result, 
rates paid on average time deposits decreased from 1.22% in 2013 to 0.87% in 2014.  The reduction in interest expense on borrowings was 
result of t he significant drop in average rates paid on borrowings, the majority of this component being FHLBNY borrowings. This drop was 
the result of matured long term and higher rate FHLBNY advances replaced in 2014 by much shorter advances at current lower market rates.  
The other, much smaller, component of average borrowings was the ESOP loan that was refinanced on October 16, 2014 in connection with the 
Conversion and Offering.  

Average  rates  paid  on  all  interest-bearing  liability  accounts,  with  the  exception  of  savings  and  club  accounts,  decreased  between  2013  and 
2014.  

40  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Rate/Volume Analysis  

Net  interest  income  can  also  be  analyzed  in  terms  of  the  impact  of  changing  interest  rates  on  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing 
liabilities, and changes in the volume or amount of these assets and liabilities. The following table represents the extent to which changes in 
interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company's interest income 
and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes 
in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); 
and (iii) total increase or decrease.  Changes attributable to both rate and volume have been allocated ratably.  Tax-exempt securities have not 
been adjusted for tax equivalency.  

2014 vs. 2013  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

2013 vs. 2012  
Increase/(Decrease) Due to  

Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands)    

Volume     

Rate     

Total     
Increase     
(Decrease)     

Volume     

Rate     

Total   
Increase   
(Decrease)   

  $ 

Interest Income:  

Loans  
Taxable investment securities  
Tax-exempt investment securities  
Interest-earning time deposits  
Interest-earning deposits  
Total interest income  

Interest Expense:  
NOW accounts  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Savings and club accounts  
Time deposits  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Borrowings  

Total interest expense  

Net change in net interest income  

  $ 

Provision for Loan Losses  

1,093      $ 
229        
54        
(17 )      
(2 )      
1,357        

3        
(1 )      
57        
4        
(9 )      
-       
83        
137        
1,220      $ 

(512 )    $ 
(2 )      
(34 )      
5        
2        
(541 )      

(7 )      
(3 )      
(20 )      
5        
(551 )      
(1 )      
(210 )      
(787 )      
246      $ 

581      $ 
227        
20        
(12 )      
-       
816        

(4 )      
(4 )      
37        
9        
(560 )      
(1 )      
(127 )      
(650 )      
1,466      $ 

1,225      $ 
25        
67        
(5 )      
3        
1,315        

14        
(1 )      
23        
4        
22        
-       
99        
161        
1,154      $ 

(960 )    $ 
(204 )      
(33 )      
-       
-       
(1,197 )      

(16 )      
(16 )      
(86 )      
(4 )      
(358 )      
(7 )      
(318 )      
(805 )      
(392 )    $ 

265   
(179 ) 
34   
(5 ) 
3   
118   

(2 ) 
(17 ) 
(63 ) 
-  
(336 ) 
(7 ) 
(219 ) 
(644 ) 
762   

We established a provision for loan losses, which is charged to operations, at a level management believes is appropriate to absorb probable 
incurred  credit  losses  in  the  loan  portfolio.  In  evaluating  the  level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  management  considers  historical  loss 
experience, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, 
estimated  value  of  any  underlying  collateral,  and  prevailing  economic  conditions.  This  evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  as  it  requires 
estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available or as future events change. The provision for loan 
losses represents management's estimate of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an adequate level.  

41  

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The Company recorded $1.2 million in provision for loan losses as compared to $1.0 million recorded in the prior year.  This year over year 
increase  reflects  higher  levels  of  net  charge-offs  in  2014  as  the  Company  recorded  $897,000  in  net  charge-offs  in  2014  as  compared  to 
$492,000  in  net  charge-offs  in  2013.   The  increase  in  net  charge-offs  resided  in  commercial  real  estate,  commercial  lines  of  credit  and 
commercial and industrial loans.  As a result, the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans increased from 0.15% in 2013 to 0.25% in 2014.  
Also  supporting  the  need  for  the  increase  in  additional  provision  was  the  13.4%  increase  in  gross  loans  between  December  31,  2013  and 
December 31, 2014, driving the need to reflect the additional inherent losses in the loan portfolio.  

Noninterest Income  

The Company's noninterest income is primarily comprised of fees on deposit account balances and transactions, loan servicing, commissions 
and net gains or losses on sales of securities, loans, and foreclosed real estate.  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest income for the years indicated.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings and gain on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions and fees  
Noninterest income before gains  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Total noninterest income  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014     
1,200      $ 
308        
271        
496        
1,140        
3,415        
310        
34        
3,759      $ 

2013     
1,175      $ 
224        
146        
469        
567        
2,581        
365        
470        
3,416      $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Change  
25        
84        
125        
27        
573        
834        
(55 )      
(436 )      
343        

2.1 % 
37.5 % 
85.6 % 
5.8 % 
101.1 % 
32.3 % 
-15.1 % 
-92.8 % 
10.0 % 

As indicated in the above table, noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $343,000, or 10.0%, to $3.8 million as 
compared to the same prior year period.  This increase was driven by the increase in other charges, commissions and fees of $573,000 during 
the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.  The commissions of the Insurance Agency were 
responsible for $533,000 of this increase.  Additionally, loan servicing fees increased $125,000 due to the recognition of income from 
guarantee fees of the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA").  Earnings on bank owned life insurance also increased $84,000, 
during the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the comparable prior year period.  Partially offsetting this increase was a reduction of 
$436,000 in net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate between the full year 2014 and the full year 2013.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2013, we recorded $395,000 in net gains from the sale of residential loans as a means of mitigating interest rate risk.   

A  positive  impact  on  commissions  in  2015  and  beyond  is  expected  as  a  result  of  the  Company's  acquisition  of  an  Insurance  Agency  in 
Onondaga County in January 2015 in support of the Company's strategy to increase recurring commissions.  More details can be found in Note 
25 to the consolidated financial statements.  

42  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
Table of Contents  

Noninterest Expense  

The following table sets forth certain information on noninterest expense for the years indicated.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
Total noninterest expenses  

Year Ended December 31,  

2014     
8,795      $ 
1,607        
1,548        
623        
537        
398        
249        
1,928        
15,685      $ 

2013     
8,081      $ 
1,476        
1,444        
659        
537        
415        
219        
1,920        
14,751      $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Change  

714        
131        
104        
(36 )      
-       
(17 )      
30        
8        
934        

8.8 % 
8.9 % 
7.2 % 
-5.5 % 
0.0 % 
-4.1 % 
13.7 % 
0.4 % 
6.3 % 

As  indicated  above,  total  noninterest  expense  for  the  Year  ended  December  31,  2014  increased  due  largely  to  the  increase  in  salaries  and 
employee benefits, building occupancy and data processing expenses.  Included in the increase in personnel expense was $286,000 related to 
the Insurance Agency which was not acquired until December of 2013 and a $265,000 increase in deferred compensation costs.  The increase 
in building occupancy expenses was due to the Company's acquisition of three properties in December 2013.  The year over year increase in 
data processing expenses was due to the depreciation and amortization related to the addition of data processing hardware and online banking 
platform software and the increase of $40,000 in ATM processing charges and $36,000 in other third party processing charges.  

Income Tax Expense  

In 2014, the Company reported income tax expense of $1.2 million compared with $847,000 in 2013.  This increase was due to a higher level 
of income before tax and an increase in the effective tax rate from 26.0% in 2013 to 29.6% in 2014.  The increase in the effective tax rate was 
due to a higher proportion of taxable items, notably loans and taxable investment securities, in relation to nontaxable items.  See Note 15 to the 
consolidated financial statements for the reconciliation of the statutory tax rate to the effective tax rate.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic and diluted earnings per share for the Year period ended December 31, 2014 were $0.64 and $0.63, respectively, as compared to basic 
and diluted earnings per share of $0.58 for the Year period ended December 31, 2013.  The increase in basic and diluted earnings per share 
comparing year over year periods was due to the increase in net income available to common shareholders between these two periods.  

CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION  

Investment Securities  

The  investment  portfolio  represents  27%  of  the  Company's  average  earning  assets  and  is  designed  to  generate  a  favorable  rate  of  return 
consistent  with  safety  of  principal  while  assisting  the  Company  in  meeting  its  liquidity  needs  and  interest  rate  risk  strategies.   All  of  the 
Company's investments are classified as either available-for-sale or held-to-maturity.  The Company does not hold any trading securities.  The 
Company invests primarily in securities issued by United States Government agencies and sponsored enterprises ("GSEs"), mortgage-backed 
securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, state and municipal obligations, mutual funds, equity securities, investment grade corporate debt 
instruments, and common stock issued by the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLBNY).  By investing in these types of assets, the 
Company  reduces  the  credit  risk  of  its  asset  base  but  must  accept  lower  yields  than  would  typically  be  available  on  loan  products.   Our 
mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations portfolio is comprised predominantly of pass-through securities guaranteed 
by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae and does not include any securities backed by sub-prime or other high-risk mortgages.  

43  

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

At  December  31,  2014,  available-for-sale  and  held-to-maturity  investment  securities  increased  11.8%  to  $128.9  million.   There  were  no 
securities that exceeded 10% of consolidated shareholders' equity.  See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion on 
securities.  

Our available-for-sale investment securities are carried at fair value and our held-to-maturity investment securities are carried at amortized cost. 

The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company's investment portfolio at December 31:  

(In Thousands)  
Investment Securities:  

US treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - US agency  
Mutual funds  
Equity securities  

    Total investment securities  

Available-for-Sale  

Held-to-Maturity  

2014     

2013     

2014     

2013   

  $ 

  $ 

17,750      $ 
8,443        
13,860        
30,575        
15,476        
1,676        
293        
88,073      $ 

16,597      $ 
6,587        
13,696        
22,139        
20,003        
1,644        
293        
80,959      $ 

4,834      $ 
22,610        
2,487        
8,043        
2,901        
-       
-       
40,875      $ 

1,872   
21,371   
3,746   
5,556   
1,867   
-  
-  
34,412   

44  

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities, amortized cost, fair values and average yields for the Company's investment securities 
at December 31, 2014. Average yield is calculated on the amortized cost to maturity.  Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities are included 
in the period in which interest rates are next scheduled to be reset.  

AVAILABLE FOR SALE  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed -US 

Agency  

Collateralized mortgage obligations-

US Agency  
Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  
Total investment securities  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

One Year or Less  

One to Five Years  

Five to Ten Years  

Amortized   
Cost   

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized       Weighted   
Cost       Avg Yield   

1,881        
841        
3,096        
5,818        

0.43 %   $ 
0.86 %     
2.14 %     
1.40 %   $ 

13,023        
5,835        
10,184        
29,042        

0.98 %   $ 
1.65 %     
1.68 %     
1.36 %   $ 

2,992   
1,670   
483   
5,145   

-       

-       
-     $ 

-  

  $ 

-  
-  

  $ 

137        

3.58 %   $ 

10,755   

-       
137        

-  
3.58 %   $ 

1,450   
12,205   

1,282        
270        
1,552        
7,370        

5.55 %   $ 
2.48 %     
5.01 %   $ 
2.16 %   $ 

-       
-       
-       
29,179        

  $ 

-  
-  
-  
  $ 
1.37 %   $ 

-  
-  
-  
17,350   

1.55 % 
1.73 % 
3.00 % 
1.74 % 

2.03 % 

2.44 % 
2.08 % 

-  
-  
-  
1.98 % 

More Than Ten Years  

Total Investment Securities  

Amortized   
Cost   

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Amortized   
Cost   

Fair   
Value   

Weighted   
Avg Yield   

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

  $ 

  $ 

-       
-       
-       
-       

-  
-  
-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

17,896      $ 
8,346        
13,763        
40,005      $ 

17,750   
8,443   
13,860   
40,053   

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed -US 

Agency  

Collateralized mortgage obligations-

US Agency  
Total  

Other non-maturity investments:  

Mutual funds  
Equity securities  
Total  
Total investment securities  

  $ 

19,429        

2.13 %   $ 

30,321      $ 

30,575   

13,982        
33,411        

-       
-       
-       
33,411        

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

2.22 %     
2.17 %   $ 

15,432        
45,753      $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
0.00 %   $ 
1.24 %   $ 

1,282      $ 
270        
1,552      $ 
87,310      $ 

15,476   
46,051   

1,676   
293   
1,969   
88,073   

45  

1.02 %     
1.58 %     
1.83 %     
1.42 %     

2.10 %     

2.24 %     
2.15 %     

5.55 %     
2.48 %     
5.09 %     
1.49 %     

 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

HELD-TO-MATURITY  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed -US 

Agency  

Collateralized mortgage obligations-

US Agency  
Total  
Total investment securities  

One Year or Less  

One to Five Years  

Five to Ten Years  

   Amortized      Weighted       Amortized      Weighted       Amortized      Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Avg Yield      

Avg Yield      

Cost     

Cost     

Cost     

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

-      
196       
-      
196       

-     $ 
0.75 %     
-       
0.75 %   $ 

1,981       
3,845       
310       
6,136       

1.77 %   $ 
1.89 %     
4.46 %     
1.98 %   $ 

2,853       
11,612       
527       
14,992       

-      

-     $ 

-      

-     $ 

837       

-      
-      
196       

-       
-     $ 
0.75 %   $ 

-      
-      
6,136       

-       
-     $ 
1.98 %   $ 

2,901       
3,738       
18,730       

2.46 % 
3.21 % 
3.60 % 
3.08 % 

1.84 % 

3.16 % 
2.86 % 
2.55 % 

   More Than Ten Years  

Total Investment Securities  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Total  

Mortgage-backed securities:  

Residential mortgage-backed -US Agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations-US Agency  

Total  

Total investment securities  

   Amortized      Weighted       Amortized     
Cost     

Avg Yield      

Cost     

Fair      Weighted   
Avg Yield   

Value     

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

-      
6,957       
1,650       
8,607       

7,206       
-      
7,206       
15,813       

-     $ 
3.56 %     
2.52 %     
3.36 %   $ 

2.94 %   $ 
-       
2.94 %   $ 
3.17 %   $ 

4,834     $ 
22,610       
2,487       
29,931     $ 

8,043     $ 
2,901       
10,944     $ 
40,875     $ 

4,892       
23,425       
2,503       
30,820       

8,285       
3,034       
11,319       
42,139       

2.18 % 
3.08 % 
2.99 % 
2.93 % 

2.82 % 
3.16 % 
2.91 % 
2.92 % 

The above noted yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss in 
consolidated shareholders' equity.  

Loans Receivable  

Average loans receivable represent 72% of the Company's average earning assets and account for the greatest portion of total interest income.  
The Company currently has the largest portion of its loan portfolio in the commercial product segment (commercial real estate and commercial 
loans) that represents 48% of total loans.  The residential mortgage loans product segment represents 45% of the total loans.   The Company 
has seen the proportion of the commercial product increase to reflect a diversified balance between the residential and commercial loan product 
segments. The Company anticipates a continued commitment to financing the purchase or improvement of residential real estate in its market 
area.  The Company also extends credit to businesses within its marketplace secured by commercial real estate, equipment, inventories, and 
accounts receivable.  

46  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
  
     
     
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
  
  
  
    
     
    
     
    
  
    
    
    
        
         
        
         
        
    
    
   
     
  
  
  
    
     
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
     
    
    
  
    
    
    
        
         
        
        
    
    
Table of Contents  

The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio in dollar amounts.  There were no loans classified as loans held for sale at 
the dates indicated.  

(In thousands)  
Residential real estate  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial and tax-exempt loans  
Home equity and junior liens  
Consumer loans  
  Total loans receivable  

December 31,  

2014     
175,322      $ 
125,883        
59,268        
22,905        
4,160        
387,538      $ 

2013     
168,493      $ 
95,510        
52,241        
21,223        
4,166        
341,633      $ 

2012     
176,968      $ 
82,357        
48,826        
22,141        
3,456        
333,748      $ 

2011     
162,395      $ 
73,628        
40,336        
24,251        
4,140        
304,750      $ 

2010   
147,722   
69,060   
39,833   
25,271   
3,410   
285,296   

  $ 

  $ 

The following table shows the amount of loans outstanding, including net deferred costs, as of December 31, 2014 which, based on remaining 
scheduled  repayments  of  principal,  are  due  in  the  periods  indicated.   Demand  loans  having  no  stated  schedule  of  repayments,  no  stated 
maturity, and overdrafts are reported as one year or less.  Adjustable and floating rate loans are included in the period on which interest rates 
are next scheduled to adjust, rather than the period in which they contractually mature.  Fixed rate loans are included in the period in which the 
final contractual repayment is due.  

(In thousands)  
Real estate:  

Commercial real estate  
Residential real estate  

Commercial and tax-exempt loans  
Home Equity and junior liens  
Consumer  
Total loans  

Interest rates:  
Fixed  
Variable  
Total loans  

   Due Under     
One Year     

Due 1-5     
Years     

Due Over     
Five Years     

  $ 

  $ 

570      $ 
60        
630        
25,643        
12        
494        
26,779      $ 

7,187      $ 
5,330        
12,517        
15,876        
1,434        
2,596        
32,423      $ 

118,126      $ 
169,932        
288,058        
17,749        
21,459        
1,070        
328,336      $ 

Total   

125,883   
175,322   
301,205   
59,268   
22,905   
4,160   
387,538   

Due After 
One Year   
178,025   
182,734   
360,759   

  $ 

  $ 

Total loans receivable increased $45.9 million or 13.4% when compared to the prior year, primarily due to the growth in commercial real estate 
and  residential  mortgage  loans.   The  Company  does  not  originate  sub-prime,  Alt-A,  negative  amortizing  or  other  higher  risk  structured 
residential mortgages. Commercial real estate loans reported significant growth as this product class reported a $30.4 million or 31.8% year 
over year increase. The Company maintained its credit standards, but benefitted from the new Business Banking office in downtown Syracuse 
and participation with area lenders on several new real estate transactions.  

Home equity and junior liens loans recorded a modest improvement as loans outstandings increased 7.9% to $22.9 million at December 31, 
2014 as compared to December 31, 2013.  

47  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
   
    
    
    
    
  
    
Table of Contents  

Nonperforming Loans and Assets  

The following table represents information concerning the aggregate amount of nonperforming assets:  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Nonaccrual loans:  
Commercial loans  
Consumer  
Residential mortgage loans  

Total nonaccrual loans  

Total nonperforming loans  
Foreclosed real estate  

Total nonperforming assets  

Troubled debt restructurings not included above  

December 
31,  

2014      

2013      

2012      

2011      

2010   

4,030   
324   
1,902   
6,256   
6,256   
261   
6,517   

  $ 

  $ 

2,709   
447   
2,194   
5,350   
5,350   
619   
5,969   

  $ 

  $ 

2,726   
776   
2,046   
5,548   
5,548   
426   
5,974   

  $ 

  $ 

2,594   
706   
1,428   
4,728   
4,728   
536   
5,264   

  $ 

  $ 

4,224   
365   
1,335   
5,924   
5,924   
375   
6,299   

2,219   

  $ 

2,459   

  $ 

1,937   

  $ 

595   

  $ 

1,587   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Nonperforming loans to total loans  
Nonperforming assets to total assets  

1.61 %     
1.16 %     

1.57 %     
1.18 %     

1.66 %     
1.25 %     

1.55 %     
1.19 %     

2.08 % 
1.54 % 

Nonperforming  assets  include  nonaccrual  loans,  nonaccrual  troubled  debt  restructurings  ("TDR"),  and  foreclosed  real  estate.  Loans  are 
considered modified in a TDR when, due to a borrower's financial difficulties, the Company makes a concession(s) to the borrower that it 
would not otherwise consider. These modifications may include an extension of the term of the loan, and granting a period when interest-
only payments can be made, with the principal payments made over the remaining term of the loan or at maturity.  TDRs are included in the 
above table within the categories of nonaccrual loans or TDRs not included above (the latter also known as accruing TDRs).  

As indicated in the above table, total nonperforming loans increased $906,000 between December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, driven 
by a $1.6 million increase in commercial real estate nonperforming loans across several large relationships.  Partially offsetting this increase 
was a modest decrease in residential mortgage and consumer nonperforming loans.  Management continues to monitor and react to national 
and  local  economic  trends  as  well  as  general  portfolio  conditions  which  may  impact  the  quality  of  the  portfolio,  and  considers  these 
environmental factors in support of the allowance for loan loss reserve.  Management believes that the current level of the allowance for 
loan  losses,  at  $5.3  million,  adequately  addresses  the  current  level  of  risk  within  the  loan  portfolio.  The  Company  maintains  strict  loan 
underwriting standards and carefully monitors the performance of the loan portfolio.  

Foreclosed real estate ("FRE") balances decreased at December 31, 2014, from the prior year as the sales throughout 2014 allowed the FRE 
properties to be reduced from 8 to 4 between these two dates.  

The  Company  generally  places  a  loan  on  nonaccrual  status  and  ceases  accruing  interest  when  loan  payment  performance  is  deemed 
unsatisfactory and the loan is past due 90 days or more.  There are no loans that are past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest.  
The Company considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to 
collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan.  

Had the loans in nonaccrual status performed in accordance with their original terms, additional interest income of $162,000 and $117,000 
would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  

The measurement of impaired loans is based upon the fair value of the collateral or the present value of future cash flows discounted at the 
historical effective interest rate for impaired loans when the receipt of contractual principal and interest is probable.  At December 31, 2014 
and  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had  $7.4  million  and  $5.7  million  in  loans,  which  were  deemed  to  be  impaired,  having  specific 
reserves of $917,000 and $1.0 million, respectively.  The $1.7 million year over year increase in impaired loans was principally due to the 
$1.5 million increase in impaired commercial real estate loans across three relationships.  The residential mortgage loan and consumer loan 
(which includes home equity loans, junior liens and other consumer loans) product segments both reported modest year over year decreases 
in  impaired  loans.   The  threshold  for  individually  measuring  impairment  on  commercial  real  estate  or  commercial  loans  remains  at 
$100,000 and for residential mortgage loans remains at $300,000 at December 31, 2014.  

48  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
     
     
     
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Appraisals are obtained at the time a real estate secured loan is originated.   For commercial real estate held as collateral, the property is 
inspected every two years.   

Management  has  identified  potential  problem  loans  totaling  $8.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2014,  compared  to  $10.6  million  as  of 
December  31,  2013.   These  loans  have  been  internally  classified  as  special  mention,  substandard,  or  doubtful,  yet  are  not  currently 
considered  impaired.   This  definition  has  been  changed  from  that  utilized  at  December  31,  2013  and  included  in  the  2013  audited 
consolidated  financial  statements  filed  on  Form  10-K  on  March  17,  2014  as  amended  March  25,  2014.      At  December  31,  2013,  the 
definition of potential problem loans was the same as the definition at December 31, 2014 with the exception that it did not include those 
loans internally classified as doubtful. Management has identified potential credit problems which may result in the borrowers not being 
able to comply with the current loan repayment terms and which may result in possible future impaired loan reporting.  The $2.2 million 
decrease in potential problem loans is due to decreases in potential problem loans within each loan product segment.  Contributing to this 
decrease  were  three  large  commercial  real  estate  borrowers  newly  identified  as  impaired  in  2014  and  the  foreclosure  of  residential 
mortgages subsequently removed from potential problem loan status.  The largest decrease, $664,000, in potential problem loans occurred 
within the residential mortgage loan product segment.  

As a result, the ratio of the allowance to loan losses to period-end loans at December 31, 2014 was 1.38% as compared to December 31, 
2013 of 1.48%.  The decrease was driven by the net charge-offs previously reserved for and the decrease in the specific allowance required 
when comparing impaired loans at December 31, 2014 to impaired loans at December 31, 2013.  

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  Pathfinder  Bank  has,  from  time  to  time,  sold  residential  mortgage  loans  and  participation  interests  in 
commercial loans. As is typical in the industry, Pathfinder Bank makes certain representations and warranties to the buyer. Pathfinder Bank 
maintains  a  quality  control  program  for  closed  loans  and  considers  the  risks  and  uncertainties  associated  with  potential  repurchase 
requirements to be minimal.   

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  through  provision  for  loan  losses  and  reduced  by  loan  charge-offs  net  of  recoveries.   The 
allowance  for  loan  losses  represents  the  amount  available  for  probable  credit  losses  in  the  Company's  loan  portfolio  as  estimated  by 
management.  In its assessment of the qualitative factors used in arriving at the required allowance for loan losses, management considers 
changes in national and local economic trends, the rate of the portfolio growth, trends in delinquencies and nonaccrual balances, changes in 
loan policy, and changes in management experience and staffing.  These factors, coupled with the recent historical loss experience within 
the loan portfolio by product segment support the estimable and probable losses within the loan portfolio.  

The Company establishes a specific allocation for all commercial loans identified as being impaired with a balance in excess of $100,000. 
These  loans  are  on  nonaccrual  or  have  been  risk  rated  under  the  Company's  risk  rating  system  as  substandard,  doubtful,  or  loss.  The 
measurement of impaired loans is based upon either the present value of future cash flows discounted at the historical effective interest rate 
or  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral,  less  costs  to  sell  for  collateral  dependent  loans.   The  majority  of  the  Company's  impaired  loans  are 
collateral-dependent.   The  Company  uses  the  fair  value  of  collateral,  less  costs  to  sell  to  measure  impairment  on  commercial  and 
commercial  real  estate  loans.   Residential  real  estate  loans  in  excess  of  $300,000  will  also  be  included  in  this  individual  loan  review.  
Residential real estate loans less than this amount will be included in impaired loans if it is part of the total related credit to a previously 
identified impaired commercial loan.  

49  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $5.3 million and $5.0 million, or 1.38% and 1.48% of total year end 
loans, respectively.  Net loan charge-offs were $897,000 during 2014, as compared to $492,000 in 2013.  The increase in net charge-offs 
were reported in all loan portfolio classes with the exception of consumer loans which remained unchanged between 2013 and 2014.  

For further discussion of our allowance for loan losses procedures, please see "Business-Allowance for Loan Losses" in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

The following table sets forth the allocation of allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods indicated.  The allocation of the 
allowance by category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any 
category.  

2014  

2013  

2012  

2011  

2010  

Percent 

Percent 

Percent 

Percent 

Allocation   

of    Allocation   

of    Allocation   

of    Allocation   

of    Allocation   

of the   Loans to   
Total 
Loans    Allowance   

of the    Loans to   
Total 
Loans    Allowance   

of the    Loans to   
Total 
Loans    Allowance   

of the    Loans to   
Total 
Loans    Allowance   

509         45.2 %    $ 

Allowance   
(Dollars in thousands)  
  $ 
750         51.7 % 
Residential real estate  
Commercial real estate  
     2,801         32.5 %       2,302         28.0 %       1,748         24.6 %       1,346         24.2 %       1,204         24.2 % 
Commercial and tax-exempt       1,497         15.3 %       1,233         15.3 %       1,192         14.7 %       1,114         13.2 %       1,083         14.0 % 
Home equity and junior 
liens  
Consumer loans  
Unallocated  

494        
168        
88        
  $  5,349         100.0 %    $  5,041         100.0 %    $  4,501         100.0 %    $  3,980         100.0 %    $  3,648         100.0 % 

424        
89        
98        

388        
98        
56        

433        
136        
288        

501        
162        
193        

664         53.2 %    $ 

649         49.3 %    $ 

811         53.1 %    $ 

5.9 %      
1.1 %      

8.0 %      
1.4 %      

6.2 %      
1.2 %      

6.6 %      
1.0 %      

8.9 % 
1.2 % 

Total  

Percent 
of   
of the   Loans to   
Total 
Loans   

The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated and related ratios:  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Balance at beginning of year  
Provisions charged to operating expenses  
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total recoveries  
Loans charged off:  

Commercial real estate and loans  
Consumer  
Residential real estate  
Total charged-off  

Net charge-offs  
Balance at end of year  
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding  
Allowance for loan losses to year-end loans  

  $ 

  $ 

2014      
5,041   
1,205   

  $ 

2013      
4,501   
1,032   

  $ 

2012      
3,980   
825   

  $ 

2011      
3,648   
940   

  $ 

41   
71   
47   
159   

(319 )       
(179 )       
(153 )       
(651 )       
(492 )       
  $ 
5,041   
0.15 %     
1.48 %     

64   
65   
75   
204   

(231 )       
(169 )       
(108 )       
(508 )       
(304 )       
  $ 
4,501   
0.10 %     
1.35 %     

1   
49   
49   
99   

(304 )       
(166 )       
(237 )       
(707 )       
(608 )       
3,980   
  $ 
0.21 %     
1.31 %     

23   
52   
2   
77   

(634 )       
(183 )       
(157 )       
(974 )       
(897 )       
5,349   
  $ 
0.25 %     
1.38 %     

50  

2010   
3,078   
1,050   

55   
36   
19   
110   

(385 )  
(157 )  
(48 )  
(590 )  
(480 )  
3,648   

0.18 % 
1.28 % 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Deposits  

The Company's deposit base is drawn from eight full-service offices and a business banking office in its market area.  The deposit base consists 
of demand deposits, money management and money market deposit accounts, savings, and time deposits. During 2014, 63% of the Company's 
average deposit base of $438.2 million consisted of core deposits.  Core deposits, which exclude time deposits, are considered to be more stable 
and provide the Company with a lower cost source of funds than time deposits.  The Company will continue to emphasize retail and business 
core deposits by providing depositors with a full range of deposit product offerings. With the opening of our Syracuse business banking office 
in 2014, we  anticipate increasing our  business deposit  gathering  capability.  In addition,  Pathfinder Commercial  Bank,  our commercial bank 
subsidiary, seeks business growth by focusing on its local identification and service excellence within the municipal deposit marketplace.  

Average deposits increased $25.8 million, or 6.3%, when compared to 2013.  The increase in average deposits primarily related to increases in 
demand accounts, NOW accounts, money market deposit accounts and savings accounts.  

At December 31, 2014, commercial deposits and municipal deposits increased $12.7 million and $9.3 million, respectively while retail deposits 
decreased $14.4 million, all when compared to December 31, 2013.   The increase in commercial and municipal deposits was the result of the 
Company's  strategy  to  expand  products  and  services  to  our  relationships  within  our  existing  markets.   The  decrease  in  retail  deposits  was 
principally the result of the decrease due to two large retail customers and the unanticipated outflow of funds from matured time deposits.  

At December 31, 2014, time deposits in excess of $100,000 totaled $91.0 million, or 60.0% of time deposits and 22.0% of total deposits.  At 
December 31, 2013, these deposits totaled $88.7 million, or 60.0% of time deposits and 22.0% of total deposits.  

The following table indicates the amount of the Company's certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as of 
December 31, 2014:  

(In thousands)  
Remaining Maturity:  
Three months or less  
Three through six months  
Six through twelve months  
Over twelve months  
    Total  

Borrowings  

  $ 

  $ 

41,489   
21,861   
8,616   
19,079   
91,045   

Short-term  borrowings  are  comprised  primarily  of  advances  and  overnight  borrowing  at  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York 
("FHLBNY").   At  December  31,  2014  and  December  31,  2013  there  were  $55.1  million  and  $24.0  million,  respectively,  in  short-term 
borrowings outstanding.  

The following table represents information regarding short-term borrowings during 2014 and 2013.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
Maximum outstanding at any month end  
Average amount outstanding during the year  
Balance at the end of the period  
Weighted average interest rate during the year  
Weighted average interest rate at the end of the period  

  $ 

2014      

  $ 

55,100   
24,682   
55,100   

0.41 %     
0.41 %     

2013   
27,860   
14,876   
24,000   

0.40 % 
0.42 % 

51  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Long-term borrowed funds consist of advances and repurchase agreements from the FHLBNY and junior subordinated debentures associated 
with our outstanding Trust Preferred Securities.  Long-term borrowed funds, which include the junior subordinated debentures, totaled $16.2 
million at December 31, 2014 as compared to $22.0 million at December 31, 2013.  

Capital  

The Company's shareholders' equity increased $26.1 million, or 61.1%, to $68.8 million at December 31, 2014 from $42.7 million at December 
31, 2013.  This increase was principally due to the $24.9 million of net proceeds from the Conversion and Offering and $2.7 million in net 
income  offset  by  common  and  preferred  stock  dividends  declared.  Offsetting  these  increases  to  shareholders'  equity  was  an  increase  of 
$374,000  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  due  principally  to  a  year  end  pension  adjustment  and  a  $928,000  increase  in  unearned 
ESOP reflecting new shares purchased by the ESOP in the Conversion and Offering.  

Risk-based capital provides the basis for which all banks are evaluated in terms of capital adequacy.  Capital adequacy is evaluated primarily 
by  the  use  of  ratios  which  measure  capital  against  total  assets,  as  well  as  against  total  assets  that  are  weighted  based  on  defined  risk 
characteristics.  The Company's goal is to support growth and expansion activities, while maintaining a strong capital position and exceeding 
regulatory  standards.   At  December  31,  2014,  the  Bank  exceeded  all  regulatory  required  minimum  capital  ratios  and  met  the  regulatory 
definition of a "well-capitalized" institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a 
total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  

As  a  result  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  the  Company's  ability  to  raise  new  capital  through  the  use  of  trust  preferred  securities  may  be  limited 
because  these  securities  will  no  longer  be  included  in  Tier  1  capital.   In  addition,  our  ability  to  generate  or  originate  additional  revenue 
producing assets may be constrained in the future in order to comply with the new capital standards required by federal regulation to take effect 
January 1, 2015. See Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements and the regulation and supervision section within Part I of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for further discussion on regulatory capital requirements.  

LIQUIDITY  

Liquidity management involves the Company's ability to generate cash or otherwise obtain funds at reasonable rates to support asset growth, 
meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements, and otherwise operate the Company on an ongoing basis.  The Company's primary 
sources of funds are deposits, borrowed funds, amortization and prepayment of loans and maturities of investment securities and other short-
term  investments,  and  earnings  and  funds  provided  from  operations.   While  scheduled  principal  repayments  on  loans  are  a  relatively 
predictable  source  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan  prepayments  are  greatly  influenced  by  general  interest  rates,  economic  conditions  and 
competition.  The Company manages the pricing of deposits to maintain a desired deposit balance.  In addition, the Company invests excess 
funds in short-term interest-earning and other assets, which provide liquidity to meet lending requirements.  

The Company's liquidity  has been enhanced  by  its  ability  to borrow  from the  FHLBNY,  whose competitive advance  programs  and  lines  of 
credit provide the Company with a safe, reliable, and convenient source of funds.  A significant decrease in deposits in the future could result in 
the  Company  having  to  seek  other  sources  of  funds  for  liquidity  purposes.   Such  sources  could  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  additional 
borrowings, brokered deposits, negotiated time deposits, the sale of "available-for-sale" investment securities, the sale of loans, or the sale of 
whole loans.  Such actions could result in higher interest expense costs and/or losses on the sale of securities or loans.  

For  the  year  ended  2014,  as  indicated  in  the  Consolidated  Statement  of  Cash  Flows,  the  Company  reported  net  cash  flows  from  financing 
activities of $54.2 million generated principally by $24.9 million from the Conversion and Offering, $31.1 million from short term borrowings, 
and $12.6 million from time and brokered deposits.  Additionally, $5.0 million was provided through operating activities and $5.2 million was 
provided from cash and equivalents.  This was invested in a net increase in loan outstandings of $47.5 million and available-for-sale investment 
securities of $6.8  million.   As  a recurring source of liquidity, the Company's investment  securities  provided  $18.0  million  in proceeds  from 
maturities and principal reductions for the year ended 2014.  

52  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents  

The Company has a number of existing credit facilities available to it.  Total credit available under the existing lines is approximately $155.3 
million.  At December 31, 2014, the Company had $66.1 million outstanding under existing credit facilities.  

The Asset Liability Management Committee of the Company is responsible for implementing the policies and guidelines for the maintenance 
of prudent levels of liquidity.  As of December 31, 2014, management reported to the Board of Directors that the Company is in compliance 
with its liquidity policy guidelines.  

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS  

The Company is also a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of 
its  customers.   These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit.   At  December  31,  2014,  the 
Company had $61.0 million in outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  See Note 16 to Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements contained herein.  

ITEM 7A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Not required of a smaller reporting company.  

53  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

ITEM 8: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Statements of Condition – December 31, 2014 and 2013  
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity – Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

Page  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
63  

54  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents  

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

The Company's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is 
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and  15d-15(f) of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended. Because of its inherent limitations, internal 
control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods 
are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or 
procedures  may  deteriorate.  The  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Company's  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of the Company's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with United States generally 
accepted accounting principles.  

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company's principal executive officer and principal financial 
officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its 
evaluation  under  that  framework,  management  concluded  that  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of 
December 31,  2014.  In  addition,  based  on  our  assessment,  management  has  determined  that  there  were  no  material  weaknesses  in  the 
Company's internal controls over financial reporting.  

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company's independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal 
control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules of the Dodd-Frank Act that exempts the Company from such attestation and requires only 
management's report.  

/ s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

/s/ James A. Dowd  

Thomas W. Schneider  
President & Chief Executive Officer  

   James A. Dowd  
   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer        

Oswego, New York  
March 18, 2015  

55  

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
  
     
     
     
   
   
     
   
   
     
     
     
     
Table of Contents  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of 
December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and 
cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  then  ended.  The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.  

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free 
of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial 
reporting.  Our  audit  included  consideration  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  a  basis  for  designing  audit  procedures  that  are 
appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over 
financial  reporting.  Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion.  An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the 
amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years 
then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

/s/  BONADIO  &  CO., 

Bonadio & Co., LLP  
Syracuse, New York  
March 18, 2015  

LLP  

56  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION  

(In thousands, except share and per share data)  
ASSETS:  

Cash and due from banks  
Interest earning deposits  

Total cash and cash equivalents  

Interest earning time deposits  
Available-for-sale securities, at fair value  
Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost (fair value of $42,139 and $34,222, respectively)  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost  
Loans  
Less: Allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  
Premises and equipment, net  
Accrued interest receivable  
Foreclosed real estate  
Intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Bank owned life insurance  
Other assets  

Total assets  

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:  

Deposits:  

Interest-bearing  
Noninterest-bearing  
Total deposits  
Short-term borrowings  
Long-term borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Other liabilities  

Total liabilities  
Shareholders' equity:  
Preferred stock - SBLF, par value $0.01 per share; $1,000 liquidation preference;  

13,000 shares authorized; 13,000 shares issued and outstanding  

Common stock, par value $0.01; 25,000,000 and 10,000,000 authorized  shares;  

4,352,203 and 2,979,969 shares issued and  4,352,203 and 2,623,182 shares outstanding  

Additional paid in capital  
Retained earnings  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  
Unearned ESOP  
Treasury stock, at cost; 0 and 356,787 shares respectively  

Total Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. shareholders' equity  

Noncontrolling interest  
Total equity  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

57  

   December 31,      December 31,   
2013   

2014     

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

6,822      $ 
4,534        
11,356        
-       
88,073        
40,875        
3,454        
387,538        
5,349        
382,189        
13,200        
1,849        
261        
175        
4,367        
10,356        
4,869        
561,024      $ 

360,906      $ 
54,662        
415,568        
55,100        
11,000        
5,155        
63        
4,934        
491,820        

6,535   
10,040   
16,575   
500   
80,959   
34,412   
2,440   
341,633   
5,041   
336,592   
11,644   
1,715   
619   
187   
4,367   
8,268   
5,515   
503,793   

361,969   
48,171   
410,140   
24,000   
16,853   
5,155   
86   
4,489   
460,723   

13,000        

13,000   

44        
28,534        
31,085        
(2,119 )      
(1,754 )      
-       
68,790        
414        
69,204        
561,024      $ 

30   
8,226   
28,788   
(1,745 ) 
(826 ) 
(4,761 ) 
42,712   
358   
43,070   
503,793   

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
Table of Contents  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income:  
Loans, including fees  
Debt securities:  

Taxable  
Tax-exempt  

Dividends  
Interest earning time deposits  
Federal funds sold and interest earning deposits  
       Total interest income  
Interest expense:  
Interest on deposits  
Interest on short-term borrowings  
Interest on long-term borrowings  
       Total interest expense  
          Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
          Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Noninterest income:  
Service charges on deposit accounts  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Loan servicing fees  
Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment securities  
Net gains on sales of loans and foreclosed real estate  
Debit card interchange fees  
Other charges, commissions & fees  
          Total noninterest income  
Noninterest expense:  
Salaries and employee benefits  
Building occupancy  
Data processing  
Professional and other services  
Advertising  
FDIC assessments  
Audits and exams  
Other expenses  
          Total noninterest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Provision for income taxes  
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest and Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc .  
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest  
Net income attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Preferred stock dividends  
Net income available to common shareholders  

Earnings per common share - basic  
Earnings per common share - diluted  
Dividends per common share  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statement.  

58  

For the     
year ended     

December 31, 

2014     

For the   
year ended   
December 31, 
2013   

  $ 

16,928      $ 

16,347   

1,815        
782        
160        
7        
7        
19,699        

1,956        
102        
556        
2,614        
17,085        
1,205        
15,880        

1,200        
308        
271        
310        
34        
496        
1,140        
3,759        

8,795        
1,607        
1,548        
623        
537        
398        
249        
1,928        
15,685        
3,954        
1,153        
2,801        
56        
2,745      $ 
95        
2,650      $ 

0.64      $ 
0.63      $ 
0.12      $ 

1,574   
762   
174   
19   
7   
18,883   

2,478   
60   
726   
3,264   
15,619   
1,032   
14,587   

1,175   
224   
146   
365   
470   
469   
567   
3,416   

8,081   
1,476   
1,444   
659   
537   
415   
219   
1,920   
14,751   
3,252   
847   
2,405   
(1 ) 
2,406   
-  
2,406   

0.58   
0.58   
0.12   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
  
    
         
    
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income  

Years ended  

Table of Contents  

(In thousands)  

Net Income  

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Retirement Plans:  

Retirement plan net losses recognized in plan expenses  
Plan (losses) gains not recognized in plan expenses  

Net unrealized (loss) gain on retirement plans  

Unrealized holding gains on financial derivative:  

Change in unrealized holding losses on financial derivative  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  

Net unrealized gain on financial derivative  

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on AFS and called HTM  

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains on called HTM  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  

Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities  

December 31, 

2014     

December 31, 
2013   

  $ 

2,801      $ 

2,405   

43        
(1,397 )      
(1,354 )      

381   
2,590   
2,971   

(9 )      
62        
53        

907        
(171 )      
(139 )      
597        

(2 ) 
62   
60   

(2,075 ) 
-  
(365 ) 
(2,440 ) 

Accretion of net unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity (1)  

81        

(1,302 ) 

Other comprehensive loss,  before tax  
Tax effect  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  
Comprehensive income  
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest  
Comprehensive income attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

Tax Effect Allocated to Each Component of Other Comprehensive Loss  
Retirement plan net losses recognized in plan expenses  
Plan gains (losses) not recognized in plan expenses  
Change in unrealized holding  losses on financial derivative  
Reclassification adjustment for interest expense included in net income  
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income  
Accretion of net unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity (1)  
Income tax effect related to other comprehensive income  

(623 )      
249        
(374 )      
2,427      $ 
56      $ 
2,371      $ 

(17 )    $ 
559        
4        
(25 )      
(363 )      
124        
(33 )      
249      $ 

(711 ) 
284   
(427 ) 
1,978   
(1 ) 
1,979   

(152 ) 
(1,036 ) 
(1 ) 
(24 ) 
830   
146   
521   
284   

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(1)  The  accretion  of  the  unrealized  holding  losses  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  at  the  date  of  transfer  partially  offsets  the 
amortization of the difference between the par value and the fair value of the investment securities at the date of transfer, and is an adjustment 
of yield.  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

59  

 
 
   
   
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013  

  Preferred     Common     

    Additional     

Non-    
Paid in      Retained      prehensive      Unearned      Treasury     controlling     

    Accumulated     
     Other Com-    

 (In thousands, except share 
and per share data)  

Stock     

Stock     

Capital      Earnings     

Loss     

ESOP     

Stock     

Interest      Total   

 Balance, January 1, 2014  

  $  13,000      $ 

30      $ 

8,226      $  28,788      $  

(1,745 )    $ 

(826 )    $  (4,761 )    $ 

358      $ 43,070   

 Net income  

-       

-       

-       

2,745        

-       

-       

-       

56         2,801   

-       

-       

-       

-       

(374 )      

-       

-       

-       

(374 ) 

-       

-       

-       

(95 )      

-       

-       

-       

-       

(95 ) 

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

68        

84        

(9 )      

-       

-       

-       

-       

127        

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

195   

-       

84   

27        

-       

18   

-       

17        

24,896        

-       

-       

(1,055 )      

-       

-       23,858   

-       

(3 )      

(4,731 )      

-       

-       

-       

4,734        

-       

-  

-       

-       

-       

(353 )      

-       

-       

-       

-       

(353 ) 

  $  13,000      $ 

44      $  28,534      $  31,085      $  

(2,119 )    $ 

(1,754 )    $ 

-     $ 

414      $ 69,204   

 Balance, January 1, 2013  

  $  13,000      $ 

30      $ 

8,120      $  26,685      $  

(1,318 )    $ 

(936 )    $  (4,834 )    $ 

-     $ 40,747   

 Net income  

-       

-       

-       

2,406        

-       

-       

-       

-        2,406   

-       

-       

-       

-       

(427 )      

-       

-       

-       

(427 ) 

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

53        

81        

(28 )      

-       

-       

-       

-       

110        

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

163   

-       

81   

73        

-       

45   

-       

-       

-       

(303 )      

-       

-       

-       

(303 ) 

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

-       

358        

358   

  $  13,000      $ 

30      $ 

8,226      $  28,788      $  

(1,745 )    $ 

(826 )    $  (4,761 )    $ 

358      $ 43,070   

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

 Other comprehensive 

income, net of tax  

 Preferred stock dividends - 

SBLF  

 ESOP shares earned 

(21,553 shares)  

 Stock based compensation       

 Stock options exercised  

 Proceeds of common stock 

offering and conversion  

 of existing shares, net of 

expenses  

 Cancel 354,787 Treasury 

Shares  

 Common stock dividends 

declared ($0.12 per share)  
 Balance, December 31, 
2014  

 Other comprehensive loss, 

net of tax  

 ESOP shares earned 

(12,500 shares)  

 Stock based compensation       

 Stock options exercised  

 Common stock dividends 

declared ($0.12 per share)  

 Change in noncontrolling 

interest  
 Balance, December 31, 
2013  

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
   
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
  
    
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
60  

 
Table of Contents  

PATHFINDER BANCORP, INC.  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  

(In thousands)  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income attributable to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:  

Provision for loan losses  
Deferred income tax expense  
Proceeds from sales of loans  
Originations of loans held-for-sale  
Realized gains on sales, redemptions and calls of:  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Loans  
Available-for-sale investment securities  
Held-to-maturity investment securities  
Premise and equipment  

Depreciation  
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights  
Amortization of deferred loan costs  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance  
Realized gain on proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities  
Amortization of intangible assets  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in accrued interest receivable  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash flows from operating activities  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Purchase of investment securities available-for-sale  
Purchase of investment securities held-to-maturity  
Proceeds from maturities of interest earning time deposits  
Net purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of  

investment securities available-for-sale  

Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of  

investment securities held-to-maturity  

Proceeds from sales, redemptions and calls of:  
Available-for-sale investment securities  
Held-to-maturity investment securities  
Real estate acquired through foreclosure  
Premise and equipment  

Acquisition of controlling interest in Fitzgibbons Agency, net of cash acquired of $18  
Purchase of bank owned life insurance  
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance  
Net change in loans  
Purchase of premises and equipment  

Net cash flows from investing activities  

FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in demand deposits, NOW accounts, savings accounts,  

money management deposit accounts, MMDA accounts and escrow deposits  

Net change in time deposits and brokered deposits  
Net change in short-term borrowings  
Payments on long-term borrowings  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Net proceeds from stock offering and conversion  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholder - SBLF  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  

61  

For the Year Ended December 
31,  

2014     

2013   

  $ 

2,745      $ 

2,406   

1,205        
352        
-       
-       

(31 )      
(3 )      
(139 )      
(171 )      
-       
805        
14        
129        
(308 )      
-       
665        
12        
279        
(134 )      
(393 )      
5,027        

1,032   
202   
11,459   
(11,016 ) 

(27 ) 
(443 ) 
(365 ) 
-  
(6 ) 
715   
10   
111   
(222 ) 
(2 ) 
722   
1   
243   
2   
289   
5,111   

(28,651 )      
(8,767 )      
500        
(1,014 )      

(30,036 ) 
(10,433 ) 
1,500   
(511 ) 

16,895        

21,831   

1,109        

355   

4,940        
1,220        
924        
-       
-       
(1,780 )      
-       
(47,491 )      
(2,361 )      
(64,476 )      

(7,210 )      
12,638        
31,100        
(5,853 )      
18        
24,913        
(62 )      
(316 )      

7,151   
-  
375   
18   
(356 ) 
-  
2   
(9,075 ) 
(2,263 ) 
(21,442 ) 

21,764   
(3,429 ) 
15,000   
(9,111 ) 
45   
-  
(83 ) 
(303 ) 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Change in noncontrolling interest, net  
Purchase of shares by ESOP  

Net cash flows from financing activities  

Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  
CASH PAID DURING THE PERIOD FOR:  

Interest  
Income taxes  

NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITY  

Real estate acquired in exchange for loans  
Transfer of available-for-sale securities to held-to-maturity  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

62  

56       
(1,054 )     
54,230       
(5,219 )     
16,575       
11,356     $ 

2,637     $ 
631       

560       
-      

358   
-  
24,241   
7,910   
8,665   
16,575   

3,318   
967   

587   
32,495   

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
   
    
        
    
Table of Contents  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Nature of Operations  

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") and its wholly owned 
subsidiary,  Pathfinder  Bank  (the  "Bank").  The  Company  is  a  Maryland  corporation  headquartered  in  Oswego,  New  York.  On  October  16, 
2014, the Company completed its conversion from the mutual holding company structure and the related public offering and is now a stock 
holding company that is fully owned by the public.  As a result of the conversion, the mutual holding company and former mid-tier holding 
company were merged into Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. The primary business of the Company is its investment in Pathfinder Bank (the "Bank") 
which is 100% owned  by the  Company and  the Company  is  100%  owned by public  Shareholders.   The  Company sold  a total  of  2,636,053 
shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, in the offering, including 105,442 shares sold to the Pathfinder Bank employee stock 
ownership plan ("ESOP").  All shares were sold at a price of $10.00 per share raising $26.4 million in gross proceeds.  Additionally, $197,000 
in cash was received from the merger of MHC into the company; and after accounting for conversion related expenses of $1.5 million, which 
offset gross proceeds, the Company received $24.9 million in net proceeds.  Concurrent with the completion of the offering, publicly owned 
shares of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, were exchanged for 1.6472 shares of the Company's common stock. At December 31, 
2014,  the  public  and  the  ESOP,  collectively,  held  4,352,203  shares.  The  Bank  has  four  wholly  owned  operating  subsidiaries,  Pathfinder 
Commercial Bank, Pathfinder Risk Management Company, Inc. ("PRMC"), Pathfinder REIT, Inc. and Whispering Oaks Development Corp. 
All  significant  inter-company  accounts  and  activity  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.   Although  the  Company  owns,  through  its 
subsidiary  PRMC,  51%  of  the  membership  interest  in  FitzGibbons  Agency,  LLC  ("FitzGibbons"),  the  Company  is  required  to  consolidate 
100% of FitzGibbons within the consolidated financial statements.  The 49% of which the Company does not own is accounted for separately 
as noncontrolling interests within the consolidated financial statements.  

The Company has seven offices located in Oswego County, one office in Onondaga County, and a business banking office in Syracuse, New 
York which opened in the fourth quarter of 2014.  The Company is primarily engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general 
public in the Company's market area, and investing such deposits, together with other sources of funds, in loans secured by one-to-four family 
residential real estate, commercial real estate, business assets and in investment securities.  

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements  

The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of 
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting 
period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.   Management  has  identified  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  deferred  income  taxes, 
pension obligations, the annual evaluation of the Company's goodwill for possible impairment and the evaluation of investment securities for 
other  than  temporary  impairment  and  the  estimation  of  fair  values  for  accounting  and  disclosure  purposes  to  be  the  accounting  areas  that 
require the most subjective and complex judgments, and as such, could be the most subject to revision as new information becomes available.  

The  Company  is  subject  to  the  regulations  of  various  governmental  agencies.   The  Company  also  undergoes  periodic  examinations  by  the 
regulatory agencies which may subject it to further changes with respect to asset valuations, amounts of required loss allowances, and operating 
restrictions resulting from the regulators' judgments based on information available to them at the time of their examinations.  

63  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk  

Most of the Company's activities are with customers located primarily in Oswego and Onondaga counties of New York State.  A large portion 
of the Company's portfolio is centered in residential and commercial real estate.  The Company closely monitors real estate collateral values 
and  requires  additional  reviews  of  commercial  real  estate  appraisals  by  a  qualified  third  party  for  commercial  real  estate  loans  in  excess  of 
$400,000.  All residential loan appraisals are reviewed by an individual or third party who is independent of the loan origination or approval 
process and was not involved in the approval of appraisers or selection of the appraiser for the transaction, and has no direct or indirect interest, 
financial or otherwise in the property or the transaction.  Note 4 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in.  Note 5 discusses 
the types of lending that the Company engages in.  The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer. 

Advertising  

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.  

Noncontrolling Interest  

Noncontrolling  interest  represents  the  portion  of  ownership  and  profit  or  loss  that  is  attributable  to  the  minority  owners  of  the  FitzGibbons 
Agency.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits (with original maturity of three months 
or less).  

Investment Securities  

The  Company  classifies  investment  securities  as  either  available-for-sale  or  held-to-maturity.   The  Company  does  not  hold  any  securities 
considered to be trading.  Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with net unrealized gains and losses reflected as a separate 
component  of  shareholders'  equity,  net  of  the  applicable  income  tax  effect.  Held-to-maturity  securities  are  those  that  the  Company  has  the 
ability and intent to hold until maturity and are reported at amortized cost.  These securities include those that were transferred from available-
for-sale to held-to-maturity in the third quarter of 2013, and more fully explained in Note 4 to the financial statements.  

Gains or losses on investment security transactions are based on the amortized cost of the specific securities sold.  Premiums and discounts on 
securities are amortized and accreted into income using the interest method over the period to maturity.  

Note 4 to the consolidated financial  statements  includes  additional information about the Company's accounting policies  with respect to the 
impairment of investment securities.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock  

Federal law requires a member institution of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a 
predetermined formula.  The stock is carried at cost.  

Transfers of Financial Assets  

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan participations, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been 
surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the 
transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, 
and  (3)  the  Company  does  not  maintain  effective  control  over  the  transferred  assets  through  an  agreement  to  repurchase  them  before  their 
maturity.  

64  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents  

Loans  

The Company grants mortgage, commercial, municipal, and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management has the intent and ability to 
hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for loan 
losses plus net deferred loan origination costs. The ability of the Company's debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate 
and general economic conditions in the market area.  Interest income is generally recognized when income is earned using the interest method. 
Nonrefundable loan fees received and related direct origination costs incurred are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan using the 
interest  method,  resulting  in  a  constant  effective  yield  over  the  loan  term.  Deferred  fees  are  recognized  into  income  and  deferred  costs  are 
charged to income immediately upon prepayment of the related loan.  

The  loans  receivable  portfolio  is  segmented  into  residential  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer  loans.   The  residential  mortgage  segment 
consists of one-to-four family first-lien residential mortgages and construction loans.  Commercial loans consist of the following classes: real 
estate, lines of credit, other commercial and industrial, and tax-exempt loans.  Consumer loans include both home equity lines of credit and 
loans with junior liens and other consumer loans.  

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  represents  management's  estimate  of  losses  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio  as  of  the  date  of  the  statement  of 
condition and it is recorded as a reduction of loans.  The allowance is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, 
net of recoveries.  Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses, and subsequent recoveries, if any, are 
credited to the allowance.  All, or part, of the principal balance of loans receivable are charged off to the allowance as soon as it is determined 
that the repayment of all, or part, of the principal balance is highly unlikely.  Non-residential consumer loans are generally charged off no later 
than 120 days past due on a contractual basis, unless productive collection efforts are providing results.  Consumer loans may be charged off 
earlier in the event of bankruptcy, or if there is an amount that is deemed uncollectible.  No portion of the allowance for loan losses is restricted 
to any individual loan product and the entire allowance is available to absorb any and all loan losses.  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  maintained  at  a  level  considered  adequate  to  provide  for  losses  that  can  be  reasonably  anticipated.  
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is based on three major components which are; 
specific  components  for  larger  loans,  recent  historical  losses  and  several  qualitative  factors  applied  to  a  general  pool  of  loans,  and  an 
unallocated component.  

The first component is the specific component that relates to loans that are classified as impaired.  For these loans, an allowance is established 
when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  

The second or general component covers pools of loans, by loan class, not considered impaired, smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as 
residential real estate, home equity and other consumer loans.  These pools of loans are evaluated for loss exposure first based on historical loss 
rates for each of these categories of loans. The ratio of net charge-offs to loan outstandings within each product class, over the most recent eight 
quarters, lagged by one quarter, is used to generate the historical loss rates.  In addition, qualitative factors are added to the historical loss rates 
in arriving at the total allowance for loan loss need for this general pool of loans.  The qualitative factors include changes in national and local 
economic trends, the rate of growth in the portfolio, trends of delinquencies and nonaccrual balances, changes in loan policy, and changes in 
lending management experience and related staffing.  Each factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based 
on management's best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation.  These qualitative factors, applied to each 
product class, make the evaluation inherently subjective, as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more 
information  becomes  available.   Adjustments  to  the  factors  are  supported  through  documentation  of  changes  in  conditions  in  a  narrative 
accompanying the allowance for loan loss analysis and calculation.  

65  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The  third  or  unallocated  component  is  maintained  to  cover  uncertainties  that  could  affect  management's  estimate  of  probable  losses.   The 
unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies 
for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio and generally comprises less than 10% of the total allowance for loan loss.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the 
scheduled  payments  of  principal  or  interest  when  due  according  to  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan  agreement.   Factors  considered  by 
management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status,  collateral  value  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and 
interest  payments  when  due.   Loans  that  experience  insignificant  payment  delays  and  payment  shortfalls  generally  are  not  classified  as 
impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and shortfalls on a case-by case basis, taking into consideration all of 
the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length and reason for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record 
and the amount of shortfall in relation to what is owed.  Impairment is measured by either the present value of the expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The majority of 
the Company's loans utilize the fair value of the underlying collateral.  

An allowance for loan loss is established for an impaired loan if its carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value.  The estimated fair values of 
substantially all of the Company's impaired loans are measured based on the estimated fair value of the loan's collateral.  For loans secured by 
real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals, less costs to sell.  Appraised values are discounted to 
arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated 
costs to sell the property.  

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair 
values are determined based on the borrower's financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable agings or equipment appraisals or 
invoices.  Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the 
assets.  

Large  groups  of  homogeneous  loans  are  collectively  evaluated  for  impairment.   Accordingly,  the  Company  does  not  separately  identify 
individual residential mortgage loans less than $300,000, home equity and other consumer loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans 
are related to  borrowers with  impaired  commercial loans  or  they  are  the subject  to  a troubled  debt  restructuring  agreement for those with a 
carrying value in excess of $300,000.  

Commercial loans whose terms are modified are classified as troubled debt restructurings if the Company grants such borrowers concessions 
and it is deemed that those borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty.  Concessions granted under a troubled debt restructuring generally 
include  but  are  not  limited  to  a  temporary  reduction  in  the  interest  rate  or  an  extension  of  a  loan's  stated  maturity  date.   Commercial  loans 
classified as troubled debt restructurings with a carrying value in excess of $100,000 are designated as impaired and evaluated as discussed 
above.  

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories.  The borrower's overall financial 
condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of the collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated not less than annually for commercial loans or 
when  credit  deficiencies  arise  on  all  loans.   Credit  quality  risk  ratings  include  regulatory  classifications  of  special  mention,  substandard, 
doubtful and loss.  See Note 5 for a description of these regulatory classifications.  

In addition, Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company's allowance for loan 
losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at 
the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management.  Based on management's comprehensive analysis of the 
loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  

66  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Income Recognition on Impaired and Nonaccrual Loans  

For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest is discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 
days past due or management  has  serious doubts about  further collectability  of principal  or interest,  even  though  the  loan  may  be currently 
performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is either well secured or guaranteed and in the process of collection.  When a loan is 
placed  on  nonaccrual  status,  unpaid  interest  is  reversed  and  charged  to  interest  income.   Interest  received  on  nonaccrual  loans,  including 
impaired  loans,  generally  is  either  applied  against  principal  or  reported  as  interest  income,  according  to  management's  judgment  as  to  the 
collectability of principal.  Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance 
with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, generally six months, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal 
and  interest  is  no  longer  in  doubt.   Nonaccrual  troubled  debt  restructurings  are  restored  to  accrual  status  if  principal  and  interest  payments, 
under the modified terms, are current for six consecutive months after modification.  

For nonaccrual loans, when future collectability of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In 
the case where a nonaccrual loan had been partially charged off, recognition of interest on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been 
recognized  on  the  recorded  loan  balance  at  the  contractual  interest  rate.  Cash  interest  receipts  in  excess  of  that  amount  are  recorded  as 
recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior charge-offs have been fully recovered.  

Off-Balance Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments  

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under standby letters 
of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.  

Premises and Equipment  

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated 
useful  lives  of  the  related  assets,  ranging  up  to  40  years  for  premises  and  10  years  for  equipment.  Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to 
operating expenses as incurred.  The asset cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts for assets sold or retired and any 
resulting gain or loss is included in the determination of income.  

Foreclosed Real Estate  

Properties acquired through foreclosure, or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, are recorded at their fair value less estimated costs to sell.  Fair value 
is  typically  determined  based  on  evaluations  by  third  parties.   Costs  incurred  in  connection  with  preparing  the  foreclosed  real  estate  for 
disposition are capitalized to the extent that they enhance the overall fair value of the property. Any write-downs on the asset's fair value less 
costs to sell at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Subsequent write downs and expenses of foreclosed real 
estate are included as a valuation allowance and recorded in noninterest expense.  

Goodwill and Intangible Assets  

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired.  Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated 
annually for impairment.  Intangible assets, such as customer relationships, are amortized over their useful lives, generally 15 years.  

67  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Mortgage Servicing Rights  

Originated mortgage servicing rights are recorded at their fair value at the time of transfer of the related loans and are amortized in proportion 
to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income or loss.  The carrying value of the originated mortgage servicing rights is periodically 
evaluated for impairment or between annual evaluations under certain circumstances.  

Stock-Based Compensation  

Compensation  costs  related  to  share-based  payment  transactions  are  recognized  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the  stock-based 
compensation  issued.  Compensation  costs  are  recognized  over  the  period  that  an  employee  provides  service  in  exchange  for  the  award.  
Compensation costs related to the Employee Stock Ownership Plan are dependent upon the average stock price and the shares committed to be 
released to plan participants through the period in which income is reported.  

Retirement Benefits  

The Company has a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan that covered substantially all employees. On May 14, 2012, the Company 
informed its employees of its decision to freeze participation and benefit accruals under the plan, primarily to reduce some of the volatility in 
earnings that can accompany the maintenance of a defined benefit plan.  The freeze became effective June 30, 2012.  Compensation earned by 
employees up to June 30, 2012 is used for purposes of calculating benefits under the plan but there will be no future benefit accruals after this 
date.  Participants as of June 30, 2012 will continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits as they continue to work. 
Pension expense under these plans is charged to current operations and consists of several components of net pension cost based on various 
actuarial assumptions regarding future experience under the plans.  

Gains and losses, prior service costs and credits, and any remaining transition amounts that have not yet been recognized through net periodic 
benefit cost are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic 
cost.  Plan assets and obligations are measured as of the Company's statement of condition date.  

The Company  has unfunded  deferred  compensation and supplemental executive  retirement  plans for  selected  current and former  employees 
and officers that provide benefits that cannot be paid from a qualified retirement plan due to Internal Revenue Code restrictions. These plans 
are  nonqualified  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  and  assets  used  to  fund  benefit  payments  are  not  segregated  from  other  assets  of  the 
Company, therefore, in general, a participant's or beneficiary's claim to benefits under these plans is as a general creditor.  

The Company sponsors an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") covering substantially all full time employees.  The cost of shares issued 
to  the  ESOP  but  not  committed  to  be  released  to  the  participants  is  presented  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  condition  as  a  reduction  of 
shareholders'  equity.   ESOP  shares  are  released  to  the  participants  proportionately  as  the  loan  is  repaid.   The  Company  records  ESOP 
compensation expense based on the shares committed to be released and allocated to the participant's accounts multiplied by the average share 
price of the Company's stock over the period.  Dividends related to unallocated shares are recorded as compensation expense.  

Derivative Financial Instruments   

Derivatives are recorded on the statement of condition as assets and liabilities measured at their fair value. The accounting for increases and 
decreases  in  the  value  of  derivatives  depends  upon  the  use  of  derivatives  and  whether  the  derivatives  qualify  for  hedge  accounting.   The 
Company  currently  has  one  interest  rate  swap,  which  has  been  determined  to  be  a  cash  flow  hedge.   The  fair  value  of  cash-flow  hedging 
instruments  ("Cash  Flow  Hedge")  is  recorded  in  either  other  assets  or  other  liabilities.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  the  statement  of  condition  is 
adjusted to reflect the then current fair value of the Cash Flow Hedge. The related gains or losses are reported in other comprehensive income 
(loss) and are subsequently reclassified into earnings, as a yield adjustment in the same period in which the related interest on the hedged item 
(primarily a variable-rate debt obligation) affect earnings. To the extent that the Cash Flow Hedge is not effective, the ineffective portion of the 
Cash Flow Hedge is immediately recognized as interest expense.  

68  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

Income Taxes  

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes currently payable or refundable and deferred income taxes on temporary differences between 
the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
reported in the consolidated financial statements at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  

Earnings Per Share  

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income, after preferred stock dividends and preferred stock discount accretion, 
by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  throughout  each  year.   Diluted  earnings  per  share  gives  effect  to  weighted 
average  shares  that  would  be  outstanding  assuming  the  exercise  of  issued  stock  options  and  warrants  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  
Unallocated shares of the Company's ESOP plan are not included when computing earnings per share until they are committed to be released.  

Segment Reporting  

The  Company  has  evaluated  the  activities  relating  to  its  strategic  business  units.   The  controlling  interest  in  the  FitzGibbons  Agency  is 
dissimilar in nature and management when compared to the Company's other strategic business units which are judged to be similar in nature 
and  management.   The  Company  has  determined  that  the  FitzGibbons  Agency  is  below  the  reporting  threshold  in  size  in  accordance  with 
Accounting Standards Codification 280.  Accordingly, the Company has determined it has no reportable segments.  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)  

Accounting  principles  generally  require  that  recognized  revenue,  expenses,  gains  and  losses  be  included  in  net  income.   Although  certain 
changes in assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the statement of condition, such items, along with 
net income, are components of comprehensive income.   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) represents the sum of these items, with the exception of net income, as of the balance sheet date and is 
represented in the table below.  

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss By Component:  
Unrealized loss for pension and other postretirement obligations  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss for pension and other postretirement obligations  
Unrealized loss on financial derivative instruments used in cash flow hedging relationships  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss on financial derivative instruments used in cash flow hedging relationships  
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities  
Unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity  
Tax effect  
Net unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.  

69  

As of December 31,  

2014     
(2,991 )    $ 
1,197        
(1,794 )      
(82 )      
33        
(49 )      
763        
(306 )      
457        
(1,221 )      
488        
(733 )      
(2,119 )    $ 

2013   
(1,637 ) 
655   
(982 ) 
(135 ) 
54   
(81 ) 
166   
(67 ) 
99   
(1,302 ) 
521   
(781 ) 
(1,745 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
    
         
    
Table of Contents  

Reclassifications  

Certain  amounts  in  the  2013  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  current  year  presentation.   These 
reclassifications had no effect on net income as previously reported.  

NOTE 2:  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS  

In January 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") ASU 2015-01 – Income 
Statement – Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20).  This ASU addressed the simplification of income statement presentation by 
eliminating  the  concept  of  extraordinary  items.   The  objective  of  the  Simplification  Initiative  is  to  identify,  evaluate,  and  improve  areas  of 
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for which cost and complexity can be reduced while maintaining or improving the usefulness 
of  the  information  provided  to  the  users  of  financial  statements.   The  amendments  in  this  Update  are  effective  for  fiscal  years,  and  interim 
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. A reporting entity may apply the amendments prospectively. A reporting 
entity  also  may  apply  the  amendments  retrospectively  to  all  prior  periods  presented  in  the  financial  statements.  Early  adoption  is  permitted 
provided that the guidance is applied from the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption.  The Company does not expect a material impact on its 
consolidated statements of condition, results of operations, or cash flows.  

NOTE 3:  EARNINGS PER SHARE  

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding during the period.  Net income available to common shareholders is net income to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. less the total of 
preferred  dividends  declared.  Diluted  earnings  per  share  include  the  potential  dilutive  effect  that  could  occur  upon  the  assumed  exercise  of 
issued stock options using the Treasury Stock method.  Anti-dilutive stock options, not included in the computation below, were 16,472 for the 
years  ended  2014  and  2013.   Unallocated  common  shares  held  by  the  ESOP  are  not  included  in  the  weighted-average  number  of  common 
shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per common share until they are committed to be released to plan participants.  

The following table sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share.  Historical share and per share data have been adjusted by 
the exchange ratio of 1.6472 used in the Conversion and Offering.  

(In thousands, except per share data)  
Basic Earnings Per Common Share  

Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  

Basic earnings per common share  

Diluted Earnings Per Common Share  

Net income available to common shareholders  
Weighted average common shares outstanding  
Effect of assumed exercise of stock options  
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding  

Diluted earnings per common share  

70  

Years ended  
December 31,  
2014     

2,650      $ 
4,156        
0.64      $ 

2,650      $ 
4,156        
44        
4,200        
0.63      $ 

2013   

2,406   
4,146   
0.58   

2,406   
4,146   
23   
4,169   
0.58   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 4: INVESTMENT SECURITIES  

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities are summarized as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Available-for-Sale Portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - US agency  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total available-for-sale  
Held-to-Maturity Portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - US agency  

Total held-to-maturity  

(In thousands)  
Available-for-Sale Portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency  

Total  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total  

Total available-for-sale  
Held-to-Maturity Portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - agency  

Total held-to-maturity  

December 31, 2014  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

Amortized   
Cost   

17,896      $ 
8,346        
13,763        
30,321        
15,432        
85,758        

643        
456        
183        
270        
1,552        
87,310      $ 

4,834      $ 
22,610        
2,487        
8,043        
2,901        
40,875      $ 

3      $ 
110        
116        
403        
168        
800        

5        
193        
196        
23        
417        
1,217      $ 

58      $ 
824        
33        
242        
133        
1,290      $ 

(149 )    $ 
(13 )      
(19 )      
(149 )      
(124 )      
(454 )      

-       
-       
-       
-       
-       
(454 )    $ 

-     $ 
(9 )      
(17 )      
-       
-       
(26 )    $ 

17,750   
8,443   
13,860   
30,575   
15,476   
86,104   

648   
649   
379   
293   
1,969   
88,073   

4,892   
23,425   
2,503   
8,285   
3,034   
42,139   

December 31, 2013  

Gross   
Unrealized   
Gains   

Gross   
Unrealized   
Losses   

Estimated   
Fair   
Value   

Amortized   
Cost   

16,935      $ 
6,429        
13,498        
22,231        
20,147        
79,240        

643        
456        
183        
271        
1,553        
80,793      $ 

1,872      $ 
21,371        
3,746        
5,556        
1,867        
34,412      $ 

2      $ 
164        
198        
332        
164        
860        

5        
195        
162        
22        
384        
1,244      $ 

-     $ 
11        
16        
-       
-       
27      $ 

(340 )    $ 
(6 )      
-       
(424 )      
(308 )      
(1,078 )      

-       
-       
-       
-       
-       
(1,078 )    $ 

(25 )    $ 
(118 )      
(44 )      
(30 )      
-       
(217 )    $ 

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
22,139   
20,003   
79,022   

648   
651   
345   
293   
1,937   
80,959   

1,847   
21,264   
3,718   
5,526   
1,867   
34,222   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

71  

 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
   
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The Company's investments in mortgage-backed securities include pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued and 
guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and GNMA.  As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, no private-label mortgage-backed 
securities  or  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  were  held  in  the  securities  portfolio.   The  Company's  investments  in  state  and  political 
obligation securities generally are municipal obligations that are general obligations supported by the general taxing authority of the issuer, and 
in some cases are insured.  The obligations  issued by school  districts  are  supported by state aid.   Primarily, these investments are issued  by 
municipalities within New York State.  

The amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair value of debt  investments at  December  31,  2014 by contractual maturity are  shown  below.  Expected 
maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.  

(In thousands)  
Due in one year or less  
Due after one year through five years  
Due after five years through ten years  
Due after ten years  

Sub-total  

Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - US agency  

Totals  

Available-for-Sale  

Held-to-Maturity  

Amortized     
Cost     

Estimated     
Fair Value     

Amortized     
Cost     

Estimated   
Fair Value   

  $ 

  $ 

5,818      $ 
29,042        
5,145        
-       
40,005        
30,321        
15,432        
85,758      $ 

5,838      $ 
29,121        
5,094        
-       
40,053        
30,575        
15,476        
86,104      $ 

196      $ 
6,136        
14,992        
8,607        
29,931        
8,043        
2,901        
40,875      $ 

197   
6,145   
15,441   
9,037   
30,820   
8,285   
3,034   
42,139   

72  

 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
   
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The  Company's  investment  securities'  gross  unrealized  losses  and  fair  value,  aggregated  by  investment  category  and  length  of  time  that 
individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, is as follows:  

Less than Twelve Months  

December 31, 2014  
Twelve Months or More  

Total  

Number 

of    

  Individual    Unrealized    
Losses    
Securities    

Number 

Number 

of    
Fair    Individual    Unrealized    
Losses    

Value    Securities    

of    
Fair    Individual    Unrealized    
Losses    

Value    Securities    

Fair    
Value   

(Dollars in thousands)  
Available-for-Sale  
US Treasury, agencies and 
GSE's  
State and political subdivisions       
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - 
US agency  
Collateralized mortgage 
obligations - US agency  
Totals  
Held-to-Maturity  
US Treasury, agencies and 
GSE's  
State and political subdivisions       
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - 
US agency  
Collateralized mortgage 
obligations - US agency  
Totals  

7   
19   
7   

2   

3   
38   

-  
1   
2   

-  

-  
3   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(18 )     $  7,991   
(13 )        3,047   
(19 )        4,520   

(8 )        1,424   

7   
1   
-  

6   

  $ 

(131 )     $  7,856   
90   
-  

-  
-  

(141 )        6,256   

(22 )        2,692   
(80 )     $  19,674   

5   
19   

  $ 

(102 )        3,963   
(374 )     $  18,165   

  $ 

-  
-  
(9 )        1,463   
(17 )        1,108   

-  

-  

-  

-  
(26 )     $  2,571   

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  

14   
20   
7   

8   

8   
57   

-  
1   
2   

-  

-  
3   

  $ 

(149 )     $  15,847   
(13 )        3,137   
(19 )        4,520   

(149 )        7,680   

(124 )        6,655   
(454 )     $  37,839   

-  

  $ 

-  
(9 )        1,463   
(17 )        1,108   

  $ 

  $ 

-  

-  

-  

-  
(26 )     $  2,571   

  $ 

Available-for-Sale  
(Dollars in thousands)  
US Treasury, agencies and 
GSE's  
State and political subdivisions       
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - 
US agency  
Collateralized mortgage 
obligations - US agency  
Totals  

Held-to-Maturity  
US Treasury, agencies and 
GSE's  
State and political subdivisions       
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - 
US agency  
Collateralized mortgage 
obligations - US agency  
Totals  

Less than Twelve Months  

December 31, 2013  
Twelve Months or More  

Number 
of  

Number 
of  

Total  

Number 
of  

Individual    Unrealized   
Securities    Losses      Value      Securities    Losses      Value      Securities    Losses      Value     

   Individual    Unrealized   

   Individual    Unrealized   

Fair  

Fair  

Fair  

14   
1   
-  

11   

  $ 

(340 )     $  15,573   
114   
-  

(4 )       
-  

(374 )        12,923   

14   
40   

(308 )        10,519   
  $  (1,026 )     $  39,129   

2   
37   
4   

6   

-  
49   

  $ 

(25 )     $  1,847   
(118 )        17,814   
(44 )        3,171   

(30 )        5,526   

-  

-  
(217 )     $  28,358   

  $ 

-  
3   
-  

1   

-  
4   

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

73  

-  
  $ 
(2 )       
-  

-  
397   
-  

(50 )       

878   

14   
4   
-  

12   

  $ 

(340 )     $  15,573   
511   
-  

(6 )       
-  

(424 )        13,801   

-  

-  
(52 )     $  1,275   

14   
44   

(308 )        10,519   
  $  (1,078 )     $  40,404   

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  

  $ 

  $ 

-  
-  
-  

-  

-  
-  

2   
37   
4   

6   

-  
49   

  $ 

(25 )     $  1,847   
(118 )        17,814   
(44 )        3,171   

(30 )        5,526   

-  

-  
(217 )     $  28,358   

  $ 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The  Company  conducts  a  formal  review  of  investment  securities  on  a  quarterly  basis  for  the  presence  of  other-than-temporary  impairment 
("OTTI").  The Company assesses whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis at the 
statement of condition date.  Under these circumstances, OTTI is considered to have occurred (1) if we intend to sell the security; (2) if it is 
"more likely than not" we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected 
cash  flows  is  not  anticipated  to  be  sufficient  to  recover  the  entire  amortized  cost  basis.   The  guidance  requires  that  credit-related  OTTI  is 
recognized  in  earnings  while  non-credit-related  OTTI  on  securities  not  expected  to  be  sold  is  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income 
("OCI").   Non-credit-related  OTTI  is  based  on  other  factors,  including  illiquidity  and  changes  in  the  general  interest  rate  environment.  
Presentation of OTTI is made in the consolidated statement of income on a gross basis, including both the portion recognized in earnings as 
well as the portion recorded in OCI.  The gross OTTI would then be offset by the amount of non-credit-related OTTI, showing the net as the 
impact on earnings.  

Management does not believe any individual unrealized loss in other securities within the portfolio as of December 31, 2014 represents OTTI.  
All securities which have been in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or more are comprised of United States Agency issued mortgage-
backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and Agency and  Government Sponsored enterprise bond holdings.  These positions in 
US Government Agency and Government Sponsored enterprises are deemed to have no credit impairment, thus, the disclosed unrealized losses 
relate directly to changes in interest rates subsequent to the acquisition of the individual securities.  The Company does not intend to sell these 
securities, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost.  

In determining whether OTTI has occurred for equity securities, the Company considers the applicable factors described above and the length 
of time the equity security's fair value has been below the carrying amount. Management has determined that we have the intent and ability to 
retain the equity securities for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery. All of the Company's equity securities had a fair value greater 
than the book value at December 31, 2014.  

Gross realized gains (losses) on sales and redemptions of securities for the years ended December 31 are detailed below:  

(In thousands)  
Realized gains  
Realized losses  

  $ 

  $ 

2014     

312      $ 
(2 )      
310      $ 

2013   
370   
(5 ) 
365   

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, securities with a fair value of $66.7 million and $58.6 million, respectively, were pledged to 
collateralize certain municipal deposit relationships.  As of the same dates, securities with a fair value of $19.9 million and $21.6 million were 
pledged against certain borrowing arrangements.  

Management  has  reviewed  its  loan  and  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolios  and  determined  that,  to  the  best  of  its  knowledge,  little  or  no 
exposure exists to sub-prime or other high-risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not in the practice of investing in, or originating, these 
types of investments or loans.  

74  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
    
   
Table of Contents  

NOTE 5: LOANS  

Major classifications of loans are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  

Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Tax exempt loans  
Total commercial loans  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  

Total loans  

Net deferred loan costs  
Less allowance for loan losses  

Loans receivable, net  

   December 31,      December 31,   
2013   

2014     

  $ 

172,159      $ 
3,209        
175,368        

166,298   
1,982   
168,280   

125,952        
17,407        
34,660        
7,201        
185,220        

22,713        
4,160        
26,873        

387,461        
77        
(5,349 )      
382,189      $ 

95,536   
14,444   
32,675   
5,122   
147,777   

21,110   
4,166   
25,276   

341,333   
300   
(5,041 ) 
336,592   

  $ 

The  Company  originates  residential  mortgage,  commercial  and  consumer  loans  largely  to  customers  throughout  Oswego,  Onondaga  and 
surrounding  counties.  Although  the  Company  has  a  diversified  loan  portfolio,  a  substantial  portion  of  its  borrowers'  abilities  to  honor  their 
contracts is dependent upon the counties' employment and economic conditions.  

As  of  December  31,  2014  and  December  31,  2013,  residential  mortgage  loans  with  a  carrying  value  of  $121.1  million  and  $114.8  million, 
respectively,  have  been  pledged  by  the  Company  to  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York  ("FHLBNY")  under  a  blanket  collateral 
agreement to secure the Company's line of credit and term borrowings.  

Loan Origination / Risk Management  

The  Company  has  lending  policies  and  procedures  in  place  that  are  designed  to  maximize  loan  income  within  an  acceptable  level  of  risk.  
Management  and  the  Board  of  Directors  reviews  and  approves  these  policies  and  procedures  on  a  regular  basis.   A  reporting  system 
supplements the review process by frequently providing management with reports related to loan production, loan quality, loan delinquencies, 
nonperforming and potential problem loans.  Diversification in the loan portfolio is a means of managing risk associated with fluctuations in 
economic conditions.  

Risk Characteristics of Portfolio Segments  

Each portfolio segment generally carries its own unique risk characteristics.  

75  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
   
    
         
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The residential mortgage loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions, unemployment rates in the Bank's service area, real estate 
values and the forward expectation of improvement or deterioration in economic conditions.  

The commercial loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions but, more specifically, the industry segment in which each borrower 
participates.  Unique competitive changes within a borrower's specific industry, or geographic location could cause significant changes in the 
borrower's revenue stream, and therefore, impact its ability to repay its obligations.  Commercial real estate is also subject to general economic 
conditions  but  changes  within  this  segment  typically  lag  changes  seen  within  the  consumer  and  commercial  segment.  Included  within  this 
portfolio  are  both  owner  occupied  real  estate,  in  which  the  borrower  occupies  the  majority  of  the  real  estate  property  and  upon  which  the 
majority  of  the  sources  of  repayment  of  the  obligation  is  dependent  upon,  and  non-owner  occupied  real  estate,  in  which  several  tenants 
comprise the repayment source for this portfolio segment.  The composition and competitive position of the tenant structure may cause adverse 
changes in the repayment of debt obligations for the non-owner occupied class within this segment.  

The consumer loan segment is impacted by general economic conditions, unemployment rates in the Company's service area, and the forward 
expectation of improvement or deterioration in economic conditions.  

Real  estate  loans,  including  residential  mortgages,  commercial  real  estate  loans  and  home  equity,  comprise  84%  of  the  portfolio  in  2014, 
identical  to  the  composition  in  2013.   Loans  secured  by  real  estate  provide  the  best  collateral  protection  and  thus  significantly  reduce  the 
inherent risk in the portfolio.  

Management has reviewed its loan portfolio and determined that, to the best of its knowledge, little or no exposure exists to sub-prime or other 
high-risk residential mortgages.  The Company is not in the practice of originating these types of loans.  

Description of Credit Quality Indicators  

The Company utilizes an eight tier risk rating system to evaluate the quality of its loan portfolio.  Loans that are risk rated "1" through "4" are 
considered "Pass" loans.  In accordance with regulatory guidelines, loans rated "5" through "8" are termed "criticized" loans and loans rated "6" 
through "8" are termed "classified" loans.  A description of the Company's credit quality indicators follows.  

For Commercial Loans:  

1.   Prime :  A loan that is fully secured by properly margined Pathfinder Bank deposit account(s) or an obligation of the US Government.  
It  may  also  be  unsecured  if  it  is  supported  by  a  very  strong  financial  condition  and,  in  the  case  of  a  commercial  loan,  excellent 
management.  There exists an unquestioned ability to repay the loan in accordance with its terms.  

2.   Strong  :   Desirable  relationship  of  somewhat  less  stature  than  Prime  grade.   Possesses  a  sound  documented  repayment  source,  and 
back up, which will allow repayment within the terms of the loan.  Individual loans backed by solid assets, character and integrity.  
Ability of individual or company management is good and well established.  Probability of serious financial deterioration is unlikely.  

3.   Satisfactory :  Stable financial condition with cash flow sufficient for debt service coverage.  Satisfactory loans of average strength 
having  some  deficiency  or  vulnerability  to  changing  economic  or  industry  conditions  but  performing  as  agreed  with  documented 
evidence  of  repayment capacity.   May be  unsecured loans  to  borrowers  with satisfactory  credit and financial strength.   Satisfactory 
provisions for management succession and a secondary source of repayment exists.  

76  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

4.   Satisfactory Watch:   A four is not a criticized or classified credit. These credits do not display the characteristics of a criticized asset 
as  defined  by  the  regulatory  definitions.  A  credit  is  given  a  Satisfactory  Watch  designation  if  there  are  matters  or  trends  observed 
deserving attention somewhat beyond normal monitoring.  Borrowing obligations may be handled according to agreement but could 
be adversely impacted by developing factors such as industry conditions, operating problems, litigation pending of a significant nature 
or declining collateral quality and adequacy.                                       

5.   Special Mention :  A warning risk grade that portrays one or more weaknesses that may be tolerated in the short term.  Assets in this 
category  are  currently  protected but  are  potentially weak.  This loan  would  not  normally be  booked  as  a  new  credit, but may  have 
redeeming  characteristics  persuading  the  Bank  to  continue  working  with  the  borrower.   Loans  accorded  this  classification  have 
potential weaknesses which may, if not checked or corrected, weaken the company's assets, inadequately protect the Bank's position or 
effect the orderly, scheduled reduction of the debt at some future time.  

6.   Substandard  :   The  relationship  is  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net  worth  and  cash  flow  capacity  of  the  borrower, 
guarantor/endorser,  or  of  the  collateral  pledged.   Assets  have  a  well-defined  weakness  or  weaknesses  that  jeopardize  the  orderly 
liquidation  of  the  debt.   The  relationship  shows  deteriorating  trends  or  other  deficient  areas.   The  loan  may  be  nonperforming  and 
expected  to  remain  so  for  the  foreseeable  future.   Relationship  balances  may  be  adequately  secured  by  asset  value;  however  a 
deteriorated financial condition may necessitate collateral liquidation to effect repayment.  This would also include any relationship 
with  an  unacceptable  financial  condition  requiring  excessive  attention  of  the  officer  due  to  the  nature  of  the  credit  risk  or  lack  of 
borrower cooperation.  

7.   Doubtful  :   The  relationship  has  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  a  credit  graded  5  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses 
make collection on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and value, highly questionable or improbable.  The possibility of 
some loss is extremely high, however its classification as an anticipated loss is deferred until a more exact determination of the extent 
of loss is determined.  Loans in this category must be on nonaccrual.  

8.   Loss  :   Loans  are  considered  uncollectible  and  of  such  little  value  that  continuance  as  bankable  assets  is  not  warranted.   It  is  not 
practicable or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be possible in the future.  

For Residential Mortgage and Consumer Loans:  

Residential mortgage and consumer loans are assigned a "Pass" rating unless the loan has demonstrated signs of weakness as indicated by the 
ratings below.  

5.   Special Mention : All loans sixty days past due are classified Special Mention. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for 

six consecutive months.  

6.   Substandard : All loans 90 days past due are classified Substandard. The loan is not upgraded until it has been current for six 

consecutive months.  

7.   Doubtful  :   The  relationship  has  all  the  weaknesses  inherent  in  a  credit  graded  5  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses 
make collection on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and value, highly questionable or improbable.  The possibility of 
some loss is extremely high.  

The risk ratings for classified loans are evaluated at least quarterly for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent 
loan payments, for commercial, residential mortgage or consumer loans.  See further discussion of risk ratings in Note 1.  

77  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

The  following  table  presents  the  segments  and  classes  of  the  loan  portfolio  summarized  by  the  aggregate  pass  rating  and  the  criticized  and 
classified ratings of special mention, substandard and doubtful within the Company's internal risk rating system:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Tax exempt loans  
Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Tax exempt loans  
Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

As of December 31, 2014  

Pass   

Special   
Mention   

Substandard   

Doubtful   

Total   

  $ 

166,352      $ 
3,209        
169,561        

119,521        
16,310        
33,258        
7,201        
176,290        

21,722        
4,113        
25,835        
371,686      $ 

1,384      $ 
-       
1,384        

1,157        
451        
434        
-       
2,042        

333        
10        
343        
3,769      $ 

3,370      $ 
-       
3,370        

5,132        
646        
941        
-       
6,719        

574        
37        
611        
10,700      $ 

1,053      $ 
-       
1,053        

142        
-       
27        
-       
169        

84        
-       
84        
1,306      $ 

172,159   
3,209   
175,368   

125,952   
17,407   
34,660   
7,201   
185,220   

22,713   
4,160   
26,873   
387,461   

As of December 31, 2013  

Pass   

Special        
Mention   

Substandard   

Doubtful   

Total   

1,649      $ 
-       
1,649        

918        
560        
468        
-       
1,946        

487        
30        
517        
4,112      $ 

4,622      $ 
-       
4,622        

4,456        
943        
899        
-       
6,298        

976        
74        
1,050        
11,970      $ 

14      $ 
-       
14        

-       
-       
149        
-       
149        

80        
22        
102        
265      $ 

166,298   
1,982   
168,280   

95,536   
14,444   
32,675   
5,122   
147,777   

21,110   
4,166   
25,276   
341,333   

160,013      $ 
1,982        
161,995        

90,162        
12,941        
31,159        
5,122        
139,384        

19,567        
4,040        
23,607        
324,986      $ 

78  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
   
  
  
    
    
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans  

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received within thirty days of the payment due date. 

An age analysis of past due loans, exclusive of deferred costs, segregated by class of loans were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential 

mortgages  

Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Tax exempt loans  
Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential 

mortgages  

Construction  

Total residential mortgage loans  
Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Tax exempt loans  
Total commercial loans  
Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  
Total consumer loans  
Total loans  

30-59 Days     
Past Due     

60-89 Days     
Past Due     
   And Accruing      And Accruing     

90 Days     
and Over     

Total     
Past Due     

     Total Loans   
Receivable   

Current     

As of December 31, 2014  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,455      $ 
-       
1,455        

1,462        
10        
445        
-       
1,917        

120        
6        
126        
3,498      $ 

687      $ 
-       
687        

32        
-       
982        
-       
1,014        

17        
17        
34        
1,735      $ 

1,902      $ 
-       
1,902        

3,547        
278        
205        
-       
4,030        

313        
11        
324        
6,256      $ 

4,044      $ 
-       
4,044        

168,115      $ 
3,209        
171,324        

5,041        
288        
1,632        
-       
6,961        

120,911        
17,119        
33,028        
7,201        
178,259        

450        
34        
484        
11,489      $ 

22,263        
4,126        
26,389        
375,972      $ 

172,159   
3,209   
175,368   

125,952   
17,407   
34,660   
7,201   
185,220   

22,713   
4,160   
26,873   
387,461   

As of December 31, 2013  

30-59 Days     
Past Due     

60-89 Days     
Past Due     

90 Days     
and Over     

Total     
Past Due     

     Total Loans   
Receivable   

Current     

2,213      $ 
-       
2,213        

1,407        
341        
2,045        
-       
3,793        

954        
46        
1,000        
7,006      $ 

1,472      $ 
-       
1,472        

1,901        
113        
1,289        
-       
3,303        

281        
51        
332        
5,107      $ 

79  

2,194      $ 
-       
2,194        

1,934        
381        
394        
-       
2,709        

402        
45        
447        
5,350      $ 

5,879      $ 
-       
5,879        

160,419      $ 
1,982        
162,401        

5,242        
835        
3,728        
-       
9,805        

90,294        
13,609        
28,947        
5,122        
137,972        

1,637        
142        
1,779        
17,463      $ 

19,473        
4,024        
23,497        
323,870      $ 

166,298   
1,982   
168,280   

95,536   
14,444   
32,675   
5,122   
147,777   

21,110   
4,166   
25,276   
341,333   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Year-end nonaccrual loans, segregated by class of loan, were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  

Commercial loans:  

Real estate  
Lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  

Consumer loans:  

Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total nonaccrual loans  

   December 31,      December 31,   
2013   

2014     

  $ 

  $ 

1,902      $ 
1,902        

3,547        
278        
205        
4,030        

313        
11        
324        
6,256      $ 

2,194   
2,194   

1,934   
381   
394   
2,709   

402   
45   
447   
5,350   

There were no loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2014 or 2013.  

The  Company  is  required  to  disclose  certain  activities  related  to  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  ("TDR"s)  in  accordance  with  accounting 
guidance.  Certain loans have been modified in a TDR where economic concessions have been granted to a borrower who is experiencing, 
or expected to experience, financial difficulties.  These economic concessions could include a reduction in the loan interest rate, extension 
of payment terms, reduction of principal amortization, or other actions that it would not otherwise consider for a new loan with similar risk 
characteristics.  

The Company is required to disclose new TDRs for each reporting period for which an income statement is being presented.  The recorded 
investment for each TDR is determined by the loan balance less the reserve associated with the loan.  

The Company has determined that there were two new TDRs in the year ended December 31, 2014.  

•   The  modification  made  within  the  commercial  real  estate  loan  class  resulted  in  a  pre-modification  and  post-modification  recorded 
investment  of  $74,000  and  $96,000,  respectively.   The  post-modification  recorded  investment  included  the  funding  of  escrow  and 
closing costs  as a result  of the restructuring.  Economic concessions granted included extended interest only  payment terms and an 
additional $100,000 for working capital without an associated increase in collateral.  The TDR resulted in a loan balance of $565,000 
with a specific reserve of $469,000, resulting in a recorded investment of $96,000.  The Company was required to increase the specific 
reserve against  this loan  by  an additional  $108,000  which was  a  component  of  the  provision  for  loan losses in  the  third  quarter  of 
2014.  

•   The modification made within the other commercial and industrial loan class included a consolidation of three credit facilities into a 
single  loan  with  a  pre-modification  and  post-modification  recorded  investment  of  $86,000,  and  $31,000,  respectively.   The  post-
modification recorded investment included closing costs as a result of the restructuring.  Economic concessions granted included an 
advance of additional monies without an associated increased in collateral.  The TDR resulted in a loan balance of $268,000 with a 
specific  reserve  of  $237,000,  resulting  in  a  recorded  investment  of  $31,000.   The  Company  was  required  to  increase  the  reserve 
against this loan by $122,000 which was a component of the provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 2014.  

The two TDR's executed in 2014 indicated above were not in payment default at any time during 2014.  

80  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
    
  
   
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
   
    
    
         
    
    
    
   
    
Table of Contents  

The Company has determined that there was a new TDR with a recorded investment of $404,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013.  

•   The modification made within the residential real estate loan class resulted in a pre-modification and post-modification recorded 
investment of $400,000 and $407,000,  respectively.   The  post-modification  recorded  investment  included late charges,  accrued 
interest, and closing costs as a result of the restructuring.  Economic concessions granted included a reduction in loan interest rate, 
extended payment terms, and an advance of additional monies for closing costs without an associated increase in collateral.  The 
Company was required to establish a specific reserve against this loan of $61,000, which was a component of the provision for 
loan losses in the third quarter of 2013.  

When the Company modifies a loan within a portfolio segment, a potential impairment is analyzed either based on the present value of the 
expected future cash flows discounted at the interest rate of the original loan terms or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell.  If it is 
determined that the value of the loan is less than its recorded investment, then impairment is recognized as a component of the provision for 
loan losses, an associated increase to the allowance for loan losses or as a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses in the current period.  

Impaired Loans  

The following table summarizes impaired loans information by portfolio class:  

(In thousands)  
With no related allowance recorded:    

1-4 family first-lien residential 

  $ 

mortgages  

Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

With an allowance recorded:  

1-4 family first-lien residential 

mortgages  

Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total:  

1-4 family first-lien residential 

mortgages  

Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Totals  

  $ 

December 31, 2014  
Unpaid     
Principal     
Balance     

Recorded     
Investment     

Related     
Allowance     

December 31, 2013  
Unpaid     
Principal     
Balance     

Recorded     
Investment     

Related   
Allowance   

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-       
-       

-       
552        
93        
238        
31        
3        

-       
552        
93        
238        
31        
3        
917      $ 

550      $ 
1,496        
196        
266        
294        
-       

402        
2,045        
185        
139        
165        
2        

952        
3,541        
381        
405        
459        
2        
5,740      $ 

550      $ 
1,499        
196        
266        
294        
-       

402        
2,054        
200        
139        
165        
2        

952        
3,553        
396        
405        
459        
2        
5,767      $ 

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

59   
649   
135   
107   
84   
2   

59   
649   
135   
107   
84   
2   
1,036   

1,138      $ 
2,083        
185        
335        
21        
-       

-       
2,927        
93        
268        
340        
11        

1,138        
5,010        
278        
603        
361        
11        
7,401      $ 

1,163      $ 
2,154        
197        
356        
21        
-       

-       
2,972        
99        
268        
340        
11        

1,163        
5,126        
296        
624        
361        
11        
7,581      $ 

81  

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The following table presents the average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total  

  $ 

  $ 

The following table presents the interest income recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31:  

(In thousands)  

1-4 family first-lien residential mortgages  
Commercial real estate  
Commercial lines of credit  
Other commercial and industrial  
Home equity and junior liens  
Other consumer  

Total  

  $ 

  $ 

82  

2014     
1,204      $ 
4,886        
378        
529        
402        
9        
7,408      $ 

2014     

34      $ 
104        
-       
38        
12        
1        
189      $ 

2013   
1,407   
3,605   
406   
694   
512   
3   
6,627   

2013   
26   
176   
15   
32   
28   
-  
277   

 
 
 
   
 
   
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 6: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and information pertaining to the allocation of 
the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  balances  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  loans  receivable  based  on  individual  and  collective 
impairment evaluation by loan portfolio class at the indicated dates are summarized in the tables below.  An allocation of a portion of the 
allowance to a given portfolio class does not limit the Company's ability to absorb losses in another portfolio class.  

(In thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  
Ending balance: collectively  
evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  
Ending balance: collectively  
evaluated for impairment  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

December 31, 2014  

1-4 family   
first-lien   
residential   
mortgage   

Residential   
construction   
mortgage   

Commercial   
real estate   

Commercial   
lines of credit   

Other   
commercial   
and industrial   

649      $ 
(157 )      
2        
15        
509      $ 

-     $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-     $ 

-     $ 

2,302      $ 
(306 )      
4        
801        
2,801      $ 

397      $ 
(174 )      
9        
228        
460      $ 

552      $ 

93      $ 

509      $ 

-     $ 

2,249      $ 

367      $ 

834   
(154 ) 
10   
344   
1,034   

238   

796   

172,159      $ 

3,209      $ 

125,952      $ 

17,407      $ 

34,660   

1,138      $ 

-     $ 

5,010      $ 

278      $ 

603   

171,021      $ 

3,209      $ 

120,942      $ 

17,129      $ 

34,057   

     Home equity   
Tax exempt    and junior liens   

Other        

consumer   

Unallocated   

433      $ 
(86 )      
1        
40        
388      $ 

136      $ 
(97 )      
51        
8        
98      $ 

288      $ 
-       
-       
(232 )      
56      $ 

Total   

5,041   
(974 ) 
77   
1,205   
5,349   

31      $ 

3      $ 

-     $ 

917   

357      $ 

95      $ 

56      $ 

4,432   

2      $ 
-       
-       
1        
3      $ 

-     $ 

3      $ 

7,201      $ 

22,713      $ 

4,160        

       $ 

387,461   

-     $ 

361      $ 

11        

       $ 

7,401   

7,201      $ 

22,352      $ 

4,149        

       $ 

380,060   

83  

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
Table of Contents  

(In thousands)  
Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  
Ending balance: collectively  
evaluated for impairment  

Allowance for loan losses:  
Beginning Balance  
   Charge-offs  
   Recoveries  
   Provisions  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: related to loans  

individually evaluated for impairment  

Ending balance: related to loans  

collectively evaluated for impairment  

Loans receivables:  
Ending balance  
Ending balance: individually  
evaluated for impairment  
Ending balance: collectively  
evaluated for impairment  

1-4 family     
first-lien     
residential     
mortgage     

811      $ 
(153 )      
47        
(56 )      
649      $ 

59      $ 

December 31, 2013  

Residential     
construction      Commercial      Commercial     

Other   
commercial   
real estate      lines of credit      and industrial   

mortgage     

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-     $ 

-     $ 

1,748      $ 
(46 )      
19        
581        
2,302      $ 

440      $ 
(124 )      
22        
59        
397      $ 

649      $ 

135      $ 

750   
(149 ) 
-  
233   
834   

107   

727   

590      $ 

-     $ 

1,653      $ 

262      $ 

166,298      $ 

1,982      $ 

95,536      $ 

14,444      $ 

32,675   

952      $ 

-     $ 

3,541      $ 

381      $ 

405   

165,346      $ 

1,982      $ 

91,995      $ 

14,063      $ 

32,270   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

     Home equity     

Other     

and junior 

     Tax exempt     

liens     

consumer      Unallocated     

Total   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2     $ 
-      
-      
-      
2     $ 

-    $ 

2     $ 

494     $ 
(81 )     
19       
1       
433     $ 

168     $ 
(98 )     
52       
14       
136     $ 

88     $ 
-      
-      
200       
288     $ 

4,501   
(651 ) 
159   
1,032   
5,041   

84     $ 

2     $ 

-    $ 

1,036   

349     $ 

134     $ 

288     $ 

4,005   

5,122     $ 

21,110     $ 

4,166       

      $ 

341,333   

-    $ 

459     $ 

2       

      $ 

5,740   

5,122     $ 

20,651     $ 

4,164       

      $ 

335,593   

84  

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 7: SERVICING  

Loans  serviced  for  others  are  not  included  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  condition.   The  unpaid  principal  balances  of 
mortgage and other loans serviced for others were $24,780,000 and $28,597,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The balance of 
capitalized servicing rights included in other assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $66,000 and $80,000, respectively.  

The following summarizes mortgage servicing rights capitalized and amortized:  

(In thousands)  
Mortgage servicing rights capitalized  
Mortgage servicing rights amortized  

NOTE 8: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Land  
Buildings  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  
Construction in progress  

Less: Accumulated depreciation  

  $ 
  $ 

2014     

-    $ 
14     $ 

2013   
88   
10   

2014     
2,176      $ 
11,438        
10,532        
1,246        
25,392        
12,192        
13,200      $ 

2013   
1,794   
9,711   
9,827   
1,718   
23,050   
11,406   
11,644   

  $ 

  $ 

NOTE 9: GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS  

Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated 
annually  for  impairment  or  between  annual  evaluations  in  certain  circumstances.  Management  performs  an  annual  assessment  of  the 
Company's goodwill to determine whether or not any impairment of the carrying value may exist.  

Of the $4.4 million of goodwill carried on the Company's books as of December 31, 2014, $3.8 million of this amount is due to prior periods' 
acquisitions of branches and $527,000 is due to the 2013 acquisition of the FitzGibbons Agency by Pathfinder Risk Management Company, 
Inc.  

The Company is permitted to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less 
than the carrying value.  Based on the results of the assessment, management has determined that the carrying value of goodwill in the amount 
of $4.4 million is not impaired as of December 31, 2014.  

The identifiable intangible asset of $175,000 as of December 31, 2014 is due to the acquisition of the FitzGibbons Agency and represents the 
customer list intangible. The future weighted amortization of this intangible asset is 7.0 years.  

85  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
   
Table of Contents  

The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for this identifiable intangible asset are as follows:  

(In thousands)  

Gross carrying amount  
Accumulated amortization  
Net amortizing intangibles  

December 31,  
2014     

  $ 

  $ 

187     $ 
(12 )     
175     $ 

The estimated amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years ended December 31, is as follows:  

2013   

188   
(1 ) 
187   

13   
13   
13   
13   
13   
110   
175   

  $ 

  $ 

2014     
71,723      $ 
126,319        
26,246        
13,249        
85,438        
33,669        
54,662        
4,262        
415,568      $ 

2013     
68,924      $ 
141,131        
18,761        
13,337        
83,867        
32,281        
48,171        
3,668        
410,140      $ 

2012   
63,501   
146,193   
17,128   
14,441   
73,519   
29,693   
43,913   
3,417   
391,805   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

103,459   
15,976   
7,485   
15,215   
4,340   
6,090   
152,565   

(In thousands)  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
Thereafter  

NOTE 10: DEPOSITS  

A summary of deposits at December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Savings accounts  
Time accounts  
Time accounts of $250,000 or more  
Money management accounts  
MMDA accounts  
Demand deposit interest-bearing  
Demand deposit noninterest-bearing  
Mortgage escrow funds  
Total Deposits  

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Year of Maturity:  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
Thereafter  
Total  

86  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 11: BORROWED FUNDS  

The composition of borrowings (excluding junior subordinated debentures) at December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Short-term:  

FHLB Advances  

Long-term:  

FHLB advances  
ESOP loan payable  

Total long-term borrowings  

2014     

2013   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

55,100      $ 

24,000   

11,000      $ 
-       
11,000      $ 

16,000   
853   
16,853   

The ESOP loan payable, with an outstanding balance of $853,000 at December 31, 2013 and payable to a third party lender, was paid off and 
refinanced by the Company on October 16, 2014 in connection with the Conversion and Offering.  In accordance with ASC 718-40-25-9d., the 
refinanced loan, also termed an employer loan or internally leveraged loan, does not appear on the balance sheet of the Company.  

The principal balances, interest rates and maturities of the remaining borrowings, all of which are at a fixed rate, at December 31, 2014 are as 
follows:  

Term  
(Dollars in thousands)  

Advances with FHLB  
due within 1 year  
due within 2 years  
due within 3 years  
due within 10 years  

Total advances with FHLB  
Total long-term fixed rate borrowings  

At December 31, 2014, scheduled repayments of long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):  

2015  
2016  
2017  
Thereafter  

Principal     

Rates  

2.79 % 
2,000        
3,000        
2.12 % 
4,000         1.36%-2.56 % 
2.55 % 
2,000        
11,000        
11,000        

  $ 
  $ 

2,000   
3,000   
4,000   
2,000   
11,000   

  $ 

The Company has access to Federal Home Loan Bank advances, under which it can borrow at various terms and interest rates.  Residential 
mortgage  loans  with  a  carrying  value  of  $121.1  million  and  FHLB  stock  with  a  carrying  value  of  $3.5  million  have  been  pledged  by  the 
Company under a blanket collateral agreement to secure the Company's borrowings at December 31, 2014.  The total outstanding indebtedness 
under  borrowing  facilities  with  the  FHLB  cannot  exceed  the  total  value  of  the  assets  pledged  under  the  blanket  collateral  agreement.   The 
Company has a $19.8 million line of credit available at December 31, 2014 with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York through its Discount 
Window  and  has  pledged  various  corporate  and  municipal  securities  against  the  line.  The  Company  has  $14.4  million  in  lines  of  credit 
available with three other correspondent banks. $9.4 million of that line of credit is available on an unsecured basis and the remaining $5.0 
million must be collateralized with marketable investment securities. Interest on the lines is determined at the time of borrowing.  

87  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
    
         
    
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
  
  
    
    
    
    
   
Table of Contents  

The Company has a non-consolidated subsidiary trust, Pathfinder Statutory Trust II, of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity.  
The  Trust  issued  $5,000,000  of  30  year  floating  rate  Company-obligated  pooled  capital  securities  of  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II.   The 
Company  borrowed  the  proceeds  of  the  capital  securities  from  its  subsidiary  by  issuing  floating  rate  junior  subordinated  deferrable  interest 
debentures having substantially similar terms.  The capital securities mature in 2037 and are treated as Tier 1 capital by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation and the Federal Reserve Board ("FRB").  The capital securities of the trust are a pooled trust preferred fund of Preferred 
Term Securities VI, Ltd. and are tied to the 3-month LIBOR (24 basis points) plus 1.65% for a total of 1.89% at December 31, 2014 with a 
five-year call provision.  The Company guarantees all of these securities.  

The Company's equity interest in the trust subsidiary of $155,000 is reported in "Other assets".  For regulatory reporting purposes, the Federal 
Reserve has indicated that the preferred securities will continue to qualify as Tier 1 Capital subject to previously specified limitations, until 
further notice. If regulators make a determination that Trust Preferred Securities can no longer be considered in regulatory capital, the securities 
become callable and the Company may redeem them.  

NOTE 12:  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND SUPPLEMENTAL     RETIREMENT PLANS  

The  Company  has  a  noncontributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covering  substantially  all  employees.  The  plan  provides  defined  benefits 
based  on  years  of  service  and  final  average  salary.  On  May  14,  2012,  the  Company  informed  its  employees  of  its  decision  to  freeze 
participation and benefit accruals under the plan, primarily to reduce some of the volatility in earnings that can accompany the maintenance of 
a  defined  benefit  plan.   The  freeze  became  effective  June  30,  2012.   Compensation  earned  by  employees  up  to  June  30,  2012  is  used  for 
purposes of calculating benefits under the plan but there will be no future benefit accruals after this date.  Participants as of June 30, 2012 will 
continue to earn vesting credit with respect to their frozen accrued benefits as they continue to work. In addition, the Company provides certain 
health  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  a  limited  number  of  eligible  retired  employees.   The  healthcare  plan  is  contributory  with  participants' 
contributions adjusted annually; the life insurance plan is noncontributory.  Employees with less than 14 years of service as of January 1, 1995, 
are not eligible for the health and life insurance retirement benefits.  

In October 2014, the Society of Actuaries released new mortality tables with future mortality improvement assumptions which are expected to 
become the required standard for purposes of year end pension liability disclosures.  As such, the Company has adopted the "White Collar" 
version of the new mortality tables which more closely approximates the Company's participants in the frozen defined benefit pension plan at 
December 31, 2014.  This adoption caused the pension benefit obligation at December 31, 2014 to increase $1.1 million when compared to the 
pension benefit obligation at December 31, 2013.  

88  

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The following tables set forth the changes in the plans' benefit obligations, fair value of plan assets and the plans' funded status as of December 
31:  

(In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligations:  

Benefit obligations at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Actuarial loss (gain)  
Plan Amendment  
Benefits paid  

Benefit obligations at end of year  
Change in plan assets:  

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Benefits paid  
Employer contributions  

Fair value of plan assets at end of year  
Funded Status - asset (liability)  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2014     

2013     

2014     

2013   

  $ 

  $ 

8,333      $ 
-       
406        
1,165        
-       
(225 )      
9,679        

12,691        
659        
(225 )      
-       
13,125        
3,446      $ 

9,465      $ 
-       
379        
(1,277 )      
-       
(234 )      
8,333        

10,786        
2,139        
(234 )      
-       
12,691        
4,358      $ 

402      $ 
-       
19        
50        
(102 )      
(13 )      
356        

-       
-       
(13 )      
13        
-       
(356 )    $ 

450   
-  
18   
(28 ) 
-  
(38 ) 
402   

-  
-  
(38 ) 
38   
-  
(402 ) 

The funded status of the pension was recorded within other assets on the statement of condition.  The unfunded status of the postretirement plan 
is recorded as a liability on the statement of condition.  

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31 are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Net loss  
Tax Effect  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2014   
2,962      $ 
1,185        
1,777      $ 

2013   
1,543      $ 
617        
926      $ 

2014   

29      $ 
12        
17      $ 

2013   
94   
38   
56   

  $ 

  $ 

Gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation or the fair value of assets are amortized over the average remaining 
service period of active participants.   

The  Company  elected  to  modify  the  method  when  arriving  at  the  discount  rate  used  to  establish  the  pension  benefit  obligation  and  the 
postretirement benefit obligation.  This change was utilized the actual projected cash flows of the participants in both plans and effective at 
December 31, 2014.  The following points address the approach taken.  

1.   An  analysis  of  the  defined  benefit  pension  plan's  expected  future  cash  flows  and  high-quality  fixed  income  investments  currently 
available and expected to be available during the period to maturity of the pension benefits yielded a single discount rate of 4.90% at 
December 31, 2014.  

2.   An  analysis  of  the  postretirement  health  plan's  expected  future  cash  flows  and  high-quality  fixed-income  investments  currently 
available and expected to be available during the period to maturity of the retiree medical benefits yielded a single discount rate of 
4.98% at December 31, 2014.  

89  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
   
Table of Contents  

3.   Each discount rate was developed by matching the expected future cash flows of Pathfinder Bank to high quality bonds.  Every bond 

considered has earned ratings of at least AA by Fitch Group, AA by Standard & Poor's, or Aa2 by Moody's Investor Services.  

The discount rates used at December 31, 2013 utilized the Citigroup Pension Liability Index  

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  the  defined  benefit  pension  plan  was  $9,679,000  and  $8,333,000  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively.   The  postretirement  plan  had  an  accumulated  benefit  obligation  of  $356,000  and  $402,000  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013, 
respectively.  

The significant assumptions used in determining the benefit obligations as of December 31, are as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2014      
4.90 %     
-       

2013      
4.95 %     
-       

2014      
4.98 %     
-       

2013   
4.95 % 
-  

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the postretirement health care plan.   The annual rates 
of  increase  in  the  per  capita  cost  of  covered  medical  and  prescription  drug  benefits  for  future  years  were  assumed  to  be  6.5%  for  2015, 
gradually decreasing to 5.00% in 2018 and remain at that level thereafter.  

The composition of the net periodic benefit plan cost for the years ended December 31 is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of transition obligation  
Amortization of net losses  
Amortization of unrecognized past service liability  
Net periodic benefit plan (benefit) cost  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2014     

2013     

2014     

2013   

  $ 

  $ 

-     $ 
406        
(942 )      
-       
30        
-       
(506 )    $ 

-     $ 
379        
(854 )      
-       
361        
-       
(114 )    $ 

-     $ 
19        
-       
-       
13        
-       
32      $ 

-  
18   
-  
-  
20   
-  
38   

The significant assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit plan cost for years ended December 31, were as follows:  

Weighted average discount rate  
Expected long term rate of return on plan assets  
Rate of increase in future compensation levels  

Pension Benefits  

Postretirement Benefits  

2014      

4.95 %     
7.50 %     
-       

2013      

4.05 %     
8.00 %     
-       

2014      

4.95 %     
-       
-       

2013   

4.05 % 
-  
-  

The long term rate of return on assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to 
reflect  expectations  of  future  returns  as  applied  to  the  plan's  target  allocation  of  asset  classes.   Equities  and  fixed  income  securities  were 
assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 6.0%-9.0% and 3.0%-5.0%, respectively.  The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 
2.5%.  When these overall return expectations are applied to the plan's target allocation, the expected rate of return was determined to be in the 
range of 5.0% to 8.0%.  Management has chosen to use a 7.5% expected long-term rate of return to reflect current economic conditions and 
expected returns.  

90  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
     
  
   
  
    
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
     
  
   
  
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The estimated net actuarial loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit plan cost during 
2015 is $180,000.  The estimated amortization of the unrecognized transition obligation and actuarial loss for the post retirement health plan in 
2015 is $5,000.  The expected net periodic benefit plan cost for 2015 is estimated at a $309,000 negative expense for both retirement plans.  

Plan assets are invested in four diversified investment funds of the Pentegra Retirement Trust (the "Trust", formerly known as RSI Retirement 
Trust), a private placement investment fund.  The Trust has been given discretion by the Plan Sponsor to determine the appropriate strategic 
asset  allocation  versus  plan  liabilities,  as  governed  by  the  Trust's  Investment  Policy  Statement.   The  Plan  is  structured  to  utilize  a  Liability 
Driven  Investment  (LDI)  approach which  seeks  to fund  the current  and  future  liabilities of  the  Plan  and  aims  to mitigate  funded status  and 
contribution volatility.  

The  Plan's  asset  allocation  targets  to  hold  38%  of  assets  in  equity  securities  via  investment  in  the  Long-Term  Growth  –  Equity  Portfolio 
('LTGE'),  16%  in  intermediate-term  investment  grade  bonds  via  investment  in  the  Long-Term  Growth  –  Fixed-Income  Portfolio  ('LTGFI'), 
35% in long duration bonds via the Liability Focused Fixed-Income Portfolio ('LFFI'), 10% in an alternative asset fund (the ALT Portfolio), 
and 1% in a cash equivalents portfolio (for liquidity).  

LTGE  is  a  diversified  portfolio  that  invests  in  a  number  of  actively  and  passively  managed  equity-focused  mutual  funds  and  collective 
investment trusts.  The Portfolio holds a diversified mix of equity funds in order to gain exposure to the U.S. and non-U.S. equity markets.  
LTGFI is a diversified portfolio that invests in a number of fixed-income mutual funds and collective investment trusts.  The Portfolio invests 
primarily in intermediate-term bond funds with a focus on Core Plus fixed-income investment approaches.  LFFI is a diversified high quality 
fixed-income  portfolio  that  currently  invests  in  passively  managed  collective  investment  trusts  that  hold  long  duration  bonds.   The  ALT 
Portfolio invests in professionally managed private funds that hold alternative assets.  The Portfolio currently invests in three long/short equity 
hedge funds.  

The  investment  objectives,  investment  strategies  and  risk  of  each  of  the  daily  valued  and  unitized  Portfolios  and  the  funds  held  within  the 
Portfolios are detailed in the Private Placement Memorandum and the Trust's Investment Policy Statement.  

The long-term investment objectives are to maintain plan assets at a level that will sufficiently cover long-term obligations and to generate a 
return on plan assets that will meet or exceed the rate at which long-term obligations will grow.  The LTGE and LTGFI Portfolios are designed 
to provide long-term growth of equity and fixed-income assets with the objective of achieving an investment return in excess of the cost of 
funding the active life, deferred vested, and all 30-year term and longer obligations of retired lives in the Trust.  The LFFI Portfolio is designed 
to fund the Trust's estimated retired lives class of liabilities for 30 years.  The ALT Strategy is designed to add diversification via the addition 
of relatively low correlation assets.  Risk/volatility is further managed by the distinct investment objectives of each of the Trust's Portfolios. A 
broadly diversified combination of equity and fixed income portfolios and various risk management techniques are used to help achieve these 
objectives.  

In addition, significant consideration is paid to the plan's funding levels when determining the overall asset allocation.  If the plan is considered 
to be well-funded, approximately 65% of the plan's assets are allocated to equities and approximately 35% allocated to fixed-income.  Asset 
rebalancing normally occurs when the equity and fixed-income allocations vary by more than 10% from their respective targets (i.e., a 10% 
policy range guideline).  

91  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The Company is required to disclose changes within the fair value hierarchy between reporting periods.  Mutual Funds – Equity and Mutual 
Funds  –  Fixed  Income,  were  categorized  as  Level  1  at  December  31,  2013.   At  December  31,  2014,  these  funds  contain  components  of 
collective trusts and limited partnership within these investment strategies that require these funds to be categorized as Level 2.  

Pension plan assets measured at fair value are summarized below:  

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  
Large-cap value (a)  
Large-cap Growth (b)  
Large-cap Core (c)  

   Mid-cap Value (d)  

Mid-cap Growth (e)  
Mid-cap Core (f)  

Small-cap Value (g)  
    Small-cap Growth (h)  
Small-cap Core (i)  

    International Equity (j)  

Equity -Total  

Fixed Income Funds  
     Intermediate Duration (k)  
     Long Duration (l)  
      Fixed Income-Total  

Long/Short Equity(m)  
Company Common Stock  
Cash Equivalents-Money market*  

  $ 

At December 31, 2014  

Level 1     

Level 2     

Level 3     

Total Fair   
Value   

-     $ 
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       
24        

920      $ 
914        
649        

221        
222        
212        

155        
154        
311        

1,246        
5,004        

4,261        
2,355        
6,616        

1,261        
-       
220        

-     $ 
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       
-       
-       

920   
914   
649   

-  
222   
212   

155   
154   
311   

1,246   
5,004   

4,261   
2,355   
6,616   

1,261   
-  
244   

Total  
  $ 
*Includes cash equivalents investments in equity and fixed income strategies  

24      $ 

13,101      $ 

-     $ 

13,125   

(a)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yield.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(b)   This category seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large growth companies based in the U.S.  
(c)   This  fund  tracks the  performance of the S&P 500  index by purchasing the securities  represented in the  index in approximately the 

same weightings as the index.  

(d)   This category employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP US Mid-Cap Value Index.  
(e)   This category employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the CRSP US Mid-Cap Growth Index.  
(f)   This category seeks to track the performance of the S&P Midcap 400 Index.  
(g)   This category consists of a selection of investments based on the Russell 2000 Value Index.  
(h)   This category consists of a selection of investments based on the Russell 2000 Growth Index.  
(i)   This category consists of an index fund designed to track the Russell 2000, along with a fund investing in readily marketable securities 
of U.S. companies with market capitalizations within the smallest 10% of the market universe, or smaller than the 1000th largest US 
company.  

(j)   This  category  has  investments  in  medium  to  large  non-US  companies,  including  high  quality,  durable  growth  companies  and 
companies  based  in  countries  with  stable  economic  and  political  systems.   A  portion  of  this  category  consists  of  an  index  fund 
designed to track the MSC ACWI ex-US Net Dividend Return Index.  

(k)   This category consists of three funds, one containing a diversified portfolio of high-quality bonds and other fixed income securities, 
including  U.S.  Government  obligations,  mortgage-related  and  asset  backed  securities,  corporate  and  municipal  bonds,  CMOs,  and 
other securities rated Baa or better.  The second fund emphasizes a more globally diversified portfolio of higher-quality, intermediate-
term bonds.  The third fund seeks to track the Barclays Capital U.S. Corporate A or Better 5-20 Year, Bullets Index.  

92  

 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
         
         
  
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
       
         
    
Table of Contents  

(l)   This  category consists  of  funds invested  primarily in  debt  securities  with the  objective  of  approximating the  return of the Barclays 
Capital US Long Credit Bond Index with maturities greater than 10 years and the Barclays Capital US Corporate A or Better 20+ year 
Bullets Only Index.  

(m)  

This category currently invests in three long/short equity hedge funds.  

(In thousands)  
Asset Category:  
Mutual funds - equity  
Large-cap value (a)  
Small-cap core (b)  
Large-cap Growth (c)  
International Core (d)  

Common/collective trusts - equity  

Large-cap core (e)  
Large-cap value (f)  

Common/collective trusts - fixed income  

Market duration fixed (g)  
Mutual Funds-Fixed Income  
   Intermediate duration (h)  
Company common stock  
Cash Equivalents-Money market  
Total  

At December 31, 2013  

Level 1     

Level 2     

Level 3     

Total Fair   
Value   

  $ 

  $ 

1,372      $ 
1,801        
2,068        
1,447        

-       
-       

-       

2,473        
-       
-       
9,161      $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       

1,533        
771        

1,226        

-       
-       
-       
3,530      $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       

-       
-       

-       

-       
-       
-       
-     $ 

1,372   
1,801   
2,068   
1,447   

1,533   
771   

1,226   

2,473   
-  
-  
12,691   

(a)   This category consists of investments whose sector and industry exposures are maintained within a narrow band around Russell 1000 

index.  The portfolio holds approximately 150 stocks.  

(b)   This category contains stocks whose sector weightings are maintained within a narrow band around those of the Russell 2000 index.  

The portfolio will typically hold more than 300 stocks.  

(c)   This  category  consists  of  a  pair  of  mutual  funds,  one  that  seeks  fast  growing  large-cap  companies  with  sustainable  franchises  and 

positive price momentum, the other invests primarily in large cap growth companies based in the US.  

(d)   This  category  has  investments  in  medium  to  large  non-US  companies,  including  high  quality,  durable  growth  companies  and 

companies based in countries with stable economic and political systems.  

(e)   This fund tracks the performance of the S&P 500 Index by purchasing the securities represented in the Index in approximately the 

same weightings as the Index.  

(f)   This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yields.  The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.  
(g)   This category consists of an index fund that tracks the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.  The fund invests in Treasury, 

agency, corporate, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.  

(h)   This category consists of two funds, one containing a diversified portfolio of high-quality bonds and other fixed income  securities, 
including  U.S.  Government  obligations,  mortgage-related  and  asset  backed  securities,  corporate  and  municipal  bonds,  CMOs,  and 
other  securities  rated    Baa  or  better.   The  second  fund  emphasizes  a  more  globally  diversified  portfolio  of  higher-quality, 
intermediate-term bonds.  

93  

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, the Bank expects to contribute approximately $27,000 to the postretirement plan.  

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid from both retirement plans:  

(In thousands)  
Years ending December 31:  

2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
Years 2020-2024  

Pension     Postretirement     
Benefits     
Benefits     

  $ 

264     $ 
270       
290       
302       
312       
1,919       

27     $ 
28       
28       
28       
28       
131       

Total   

291   
298   
318   
330   
340   
2,050   

The Company also offers a 401(k) plan to its employees.  Contributions to this plan by the Company were $241,000 and $228,000 for 2014 and 
2013, respectively.In addition, the Company made a $185,000 safe harbor contribution to the plan in 2014.  

The  Company  maintains  optional  deferred  compensation  plans  for  its  directors  and  certain  executive  officers,  whereby  fees  and  income 
normally received are deferred and paid by the Company based upon a payment schedule commencing at age 65 and continuing monthly for 10 
years. Directors must serve on the board for a minimum of 5 years to be eligible for the Plan. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, other liabilities 
include  approximately  $2,107,000  and  $1,990,000,  respectively,  relating  to  deferred  compensation.  Deferred  compensation  expense  for  the 
years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 amounted to approximately $326,000 and $208,000, respectively.  

The  Company  has  a  supplemental  executive  retirement  plan  ("SERP")  for  the  benefit  of  a  retired  Chief  Executive  Officer  at  December  31, 
2014.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, other liabilities included approximately $72,000 and $125,000, respectively, accrued under this plan 
related to the retired CEO.  Compensation expense includes approximately $8,000 relating to this supplemental executive retirement plan for 
the year ended December 31, 2014 and $12,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013.   

To  assist  in  the  funding  of  the  Company's  benefits  under  the  supplemental  executive  retirement  plan,  the  Company  is  the  owner  of  single 
premium life insurance policies on selected participants.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013,  the  cash surrender  values of these policies were 
$10,356,000 and $8,268,000, respectively.  

The  Bank  adopted  a  Defined  Contribution  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (the  "SERP"),  effective  January  1,  2014.   The  SERP 
benefits certain key senior executives of the Bank who are selected by the Board to participate, including our Named Executive Officers.  The 
SERP is intended to provide a benefit from the Bank upon retirement, death, disability or voluntary or involuntary termination of service (other 
than "for cause"), subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.  Accordingly, the SERP obligates the Bank to 
make a contribution to each executive's account on the last business day of each calendar year.  In addition, the Bank, may, but is not required 
to, make additional discretionary contributions to the executive's accounts from time to time.  All executives currently participating in the plan, 
including  the  Named  Executive  Officers,  are  fully  vested  in  the  Bank's  contribution  to  the  plan.   In  the  event  the  executive  is  terminated 
involuntarily  or  resigns  for  good  reason  within  24  months  following  a  change  in  control,  the  Bank  is  required  to  make  additional  annual 
contributions the lesser of:  (1) three years or (2) the number of years remaining until the executive's benefit age, subject to potential reduction 
to  avoid  an  excess  parachute  payment  under  Code  Section  280G.   In  the  event  of  the  executive's  death,  disability  or  termination  within  24 
months after a change in control, the executive's account will be paid in a lump sum to the executive or his beneficiary, as applicable.  In the 
event executive is entitled to a benefit from the SERP due to retirement or other termination of employment, the benefit will be paid either in a 
lump  sum  or  in  10  annual  installments  as  detailed  in  his  or  her  participant  agreement.   At  December  31,  2014,  other  liabilities  included 
$168,000 accrued under this plan.  

94  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 13:  STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS  

The April 2010 Stock Option Plan  

All share and per share values have been adjusted, where appropriate, by the 1.6472 exchange rate used in the Conversion and Offering that 
occurred on October 16, 2014.  

In June 2011, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the grant of stock option awards to its Directors and Executive Officers under 
the 2010 Stock Option Plan that was approved at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 28, 2010 when 247,080 shares were authorized 
for award.  A total of 74,124 stock option awards were granted to the nine directors of the Company, at that time, and 123,540 stock option 
awards, in total, were granted to the Chief Executive Officer and the Company's then four Senior Vice Presidents.  The awards will vest ratably 
over five years (20% per year for each year of the participant's service with the Company) and will expire ten years from the date of the grant, 
or June 2021.  The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-
Scholes model used the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 2.2%; volatility factors of the expected market price 
of the Company's common stock of .45; weighted average expected lives of the options of 7.0 years: cash dividend yield of 1.49%. Based upon 
these assumptions, the weighted average fair value of options granted was $2.29.  

In July 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the grant of 16,472 stock option awards in total to two newly elected Directors 
of the Company.  The awards will vest ratably over five years (20% per year for each year of the participant's service with the Company) and 
will expire ten years from the date of the grant, or July 2023.  The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the 
Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  Black-Scholes  model  used  the  following  weighted  average  assumptions:  risk-free  interest  rate  of 
2.0%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .45; weighted average expected lives of the options of 
7.0 years: cash dividend yield of 1.0%. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted average fair value of options granted was $3.69.  

The  compensation  expense  of  the  awards  is  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  instruments  on  the  date  of  grant.   The  Company  recorded 
compensation  expense  in  the  amount  of  $84,000  and  $81,000  in  2014  and  2013,  respectively,  and  is  expected  to  record  $84,000,  $46,000, 
$12,000, and $7,000 in 2015 through 2018.  

95  

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

At December 31, 2014, there were 170,000 options outstanding, of which 95,000 were exercisable at an average exercise price of $5.75, and an 
average remaining contractual life of 6.7 years.  

Activity in the stock option plans is as follows:  

(Shares in thousands)  
Outstanding at December 31, 2012  

Granted  
Newly vested  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2013  

Granted  
Newly vested  
Exercised  
Expired  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014  

Weighted     
Average     

Options     

Shares   
   Outstanding     Exercise Price      Exercisable   
36   
-  
35   
(8 ) 
-  
63   
-  
35   
(3 ) 
-  
95   

175      $ 
16      $ 
-       
(8 )      
(10 )      
173      $ 
-     $ 
-       
(3 )      
-       
170      $ 

5.46        
8.43        
5.46        
5.46        
5.46        
5.46        
-       
5.75        
-       
-       
5.75        

The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the 
underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised 
their options prior to the expiration date.  The intrinsic value can change based on fluctuations in the market value of the Company's stock.  At 
December 31, 2014, the intrinsic value of the stock options was $693,000.  At December 31, 2013, the intrinsic value of the stock options was 
$430,000.  

NOTE 14:  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN  

The Company established the Pathfinder Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("Plan") to purchase stock of the Company for the benefit of 
its  employees.   In  July  2011,  the  Plan  received  a  $1.1  million  loan  from  Community  Bank,  N.A.,  guaranteed  by  the  Company,  to  fund  the 
Plan's purchase of 125,000 shares of the Company's treasury stock.  The loan was being repaid in equal quarterly installments of principal plus 
interest over ten years beginning October 1, 2011.  Interest accrued at the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 1.00%, and was secured by the 
unallocated shares of the ESOP stock.  This loan was refinanced in connection with the Conversion and Offering that occurred on October 16, 
2014.  

In  connection  with  the  Conversion  and  Offering,  the  ESOP  purchased  105,442  shares  issued  in  the  offering  by  obtaining  a  loan  from  the 
Company which was used to purchase both the additional shares and refinance the remaining outstanding balance on the loan from Community 
Bank N.A.  There were 138,982.5 shares associated with the refinanced loan resulting in a total of 244,424.5 shares associated with the new 
loan provided by the Company.  

The ESOP loan from the Company has a ten year term and is being repaid in equal payments of principal and interest under a fixed rate of 
interest equal to 3.25% which was the prime rate of interest on the date of the closing of the offering.  This ESOP loan from the Company, also 
referred  to  as  an  internally  leveraged  ESOP,  does  not  appear  as  a  liability  on  the  Company's  consolidated  statement  of  condition  as  of 
December 31, 2014 in accordance with ASC 718-40-25-9 d.  

In accordance with the payment of principal on the loan, a proportionate number of shares are allocated to the employees over the ten year time 
horizon  of  the  loan.   Participants'  vesting  interest  in  the  shares  of  Company  stock  is  at  the  rate  of  20%  per  year.  Compensation  expense  is 
recorded based  on  the  number of  shares  released  to  the  participants  times  the  average  market  value  of  the  Company's  stock  over  that  same 
period.  Dividends on unallocated shares, recorded as compensation expense on the income statement, are made available to the participants' 
account.  The  Company  recorded  $211,000  and  $175,000  in  compensation  expense  in  2014  and  2013,  respectively,  including  $15,000  and 
$12,000 for dividends on unallocated shares in these same time periods.  At December 31, 2014, there were 238,314 unearned ESOP shares 
with a fair value of $2.3 million.  

96  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 15: INCOME TAXES  

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Current  
Deferred  

The provision for income taxes includes the following:  

(In thousands)  
Federal Income Tax  
State Tax  

2014     

801      $ 
352        
1,153      $ 

2014        
1,057      $ 
96        
1,153      $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2013   
645   
202   
847   

2013   
721   
126   
847   

The components of the net deferred tax (liability) asset, included in other assets or other liabilities as of December 31, are as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Assets:  

Deferred compensation  
Allowance for loan losses  
Postretirement benefits  
Mortgage recording tax credit carryforward  
Impairment losses on investment securities  
Capital loss carryforward  
Held-to-maturity securities  
Other  

Total  
Liabilities:  

Prepaid Pension  
Depreciation  
Accretion  
Loan origination fees  
Intangible assets  
Investment securities and financial derivative  
Mortgage servicing rights  
Prepaid expenses  

Total  

Less: deferred tax asset valuation allowance  

Net deferred tax liability  

97  

2014     

2013   

  $ 

  $ 

898      $ 
2,048        
136        
90        
181        
305        
468        
142        

4,268        

(1,320 )      
(1,056 )      
(162 )      
(19 )      
(1,470 )      
(289 )      
(25 )      
(84 )      
(4,425 )      
(157 )      
(458 )      
(615 )    $ 

818   
1,950   
155   
151   
183   
339   
504   
188   

4,288   

(1,686 ) 
(783 ) 
(159 ) 
(105 ) 
(1,486 ) 
(64 ) 
-  
(52 ) 
(4,335 ) 
(47 ) 
(458 ) 
(505 ) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
   
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
  
    
         
    
    
    
   
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
Table of Contents  

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income or the existence of sufficient taxable income within 
the carry back period.  A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion, or all of the deferred tax assets, will 
not be realized.  In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considers the scheduled reversal of the deferred tax liabilities, the 
level  of  historical  taxable  income  and  the  projected  future  level  of  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  temporary  differences 
comprising the deferred tax assets will be deductible.  The judgment about the level of future taxable income is inherently subjective and is 
reviewed  on  a continual  basis  as  regulatory and business factors change. The valuation  allowance of  $458,000  represents the portion of the 
deferred tax asset that management believes may not be realizable, as the Company may not generate sufficient capital gains to offset its capital 
losses.  

A reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:  

Federal statutory income tax rate  
State tax, net of federal benefit  
Tax-exempt interest income  
Increase in value of bank owned life insurance less premiums paid  
Other  
Effective income tax rate  

2014      
34.0 %     
1.6        
(7.2 )      
(2.5 )      
3.7        
29.6 %     

2013   
34.0 % 
2.6   
(8.5 )  
(2.1 )  
-  
26.0 % 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any uncertain tax positions.  The Company's policy is to recognize interest and 
penalties, if any, in income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  The tax years subject to examination by Federal and State 
taxing authorities are the years ended December 31, 2011 through 2014.  

NOTE 16: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its 
customers.  These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby  letters  of  credit.   Such  commitments  involve,  to 
varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated statement of condition. The contractual amount 
of those commitments to extend credit reflects the extent of involvement the Company has in this particular class of financial instrument. The 
Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend 
credit is represented by the contractual amount of the instrument.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it 
does for on-balance sheet instruments.  

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:  

(In thousands)  
Commitments to grant loans  
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit  
Standby letters of credit  

  $ 

Contract Amount  

2014   
28,168      $ 
28,174        
4,617        

2013   
16,008   
20,429   
4,563   

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. 
Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses  and  may  require  payment  of  a  fee.  Since  some  of  the 
commitment amounts are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash 
requirements. The Company evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed 
necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counter party. Collateral held varies but 
may include residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties.  Loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2014 with 
fixed interest rates amounted to approximately $13.3 million. Loan commitments, including unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit, 
outstanding at December 31, 2014 with variable interest rates amounted to approximately $47.6 million.  These outstanding loan commitments 
carry current market rates.  

98  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
Table of Contents  

Unfunded  commitments  under  standby  letters  of  credit,  revolving  credit  lines  and  overdraft  protection  agreements  are  commitments  for 
possible future extensions of credit to existing customers.  These lines of credit usually do not contain a specified maturity date and may not be 
drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.  

Letters  of  credit  written  are  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Company  to  guarantee  the  performance  of  a  customer  to  a  third  party.  
Generally,  all  letters  of  credit,  when  issued  have  expiration  dates  within  one  year.   The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is 
essentially  the  same  as  those  that  are  involved  in  extending  loan  facilities  to  customers.   The  Company  generally  holds  collateral  and/or 
personal guarantees supporting these commitments.  Management believes that the proceeds obtained through a liquidation of collateral and the 
enforcement of guarantees would be sufficient to cover the potential amount of future payments required under the corresponding guarantees.  
The amount of the liability as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not material.  

The Company leases land and leasehold improvements under agreements that expire in various years with renewal options over the next 30 
years.  Rental expense, included in building occupancy expense, amounted to $98,000 for 2014 and $83,000 for 2013.  

Approximate minimum rental commitments for non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:  

Years Ending December 31:  
(In thousands)  
2015  
2016  
2017  
2018  
2019  
Thereafter  

Total minimum lease payments  

NOTE 17: DIVIDENDS AND RESTRICTIONS  

  $ 

  $ 

115   
116   
117   
66   
29   
354   
797   

Through the period up until October 16, 2014, at which time the second step Conversion and Offering took place, the Board of Directors of 
Pathfinder Bancorp, M.H.C. determined whether the Holding Company would waive or receive dividends declared by the Company, subject to 
regulatory approval, each time the Company declared a dividend. The Holding Company elected to receive dividends and utilize such funds to 
pay expenses or for other allowable purposes. The FRB has indicated that (i) the Holding Company shall have provided the FRB annually with 
written notice of its intent to waive its dividends prior to the proposed date of the dividend and the FRB shall have the authority to approve or 
deny any dividend waiver request; (ii) if a waiver is granted, dividends waived by the Holding Company will be excluded from the Company's 
capital accounts for purposes of calculating dividend payments to minority shareholders.  During 2014 and 2013, the Company paid or accrued 
dividends totaling $190,000 to the Holding Company in each of these two years. The Holding Company did not waive the right to receive its 
portion of the cash dividends declared during 2014 or 2013.  After the completion of the Conversion and Offering on October 16, 2014, the 
Holding Company, or MHC, ceased to exist.  

99  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

The Company's ability  to pay  dividends  to its shareholders  is largely  dependent on  the Bank's ability  to  pay  dividends  to  the Company.   In 
addition  to  state  law  requirements  and  the  capital  requirements  discussed  in  Note  18,  federal  statutes,  regulations  and  policies  limit  the 
circumstances  under  which  the  Bank  may  pay  dividends.   The  amount  of  retained  earnings  legally  available  under  these  regulations 
approximated $7.3 million as of December 31, 2014.  Dividends paid by the Bank to the Company would be prohibited if the effect thereof 
would cause the Bank's capital to be reduced below applicable minimum capital requirements.  The bank paid dividends to the Company of $-
0-, $-0-, and $1.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.  

Since the Company has chosen to participate in the Treasury's SBLF program, it is permitted to pay dividends on its common stock provided 
certain Tier 1 capital  minimums are exceeded and SBLF  dividends have been  declared and paid to Treasury as of the most recent dividend 
period.  

NOTE 18: REGULATORY MATTERS  

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital 
requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct 
material  effect  on  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements.  Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the  regulatory  framework  for 
prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities, and certain 
off-balance  sheet  items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting  practices.  The  capital  amounts  and  classifications  are  also  subject  to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the 
table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to 
average assets (as defined).  

As of December 31, 2014, the Bank's most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as "well-
capitalized", under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as "well-capitalized", the Bank must maintain 
total  risk  based,  Tier  1  risk-based  and  Tier  1  leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  tables  below.  There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that 
notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.  

The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are presented in the following table.  

(Dollars in thousands)  
As of December 31, 2014:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-

Weighted Assets)  

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted 

Assets)  

Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)  

As of December 31, 2013:  

Total Core Capital (to Risk-

Weighted Assets)  

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted 

Assets)  

Tier 1 Capital (to Assets)  

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Actual  

Amount   

Ratio   

Minimum  
For Capital  
Adequacy Purposes  
Amount   

Ratio   

Minimum  
To Be "Well-  
Capitalized"  
Under Prompt  
Corrective Provisions  

Amount   

Ratio   

63,831        

16.60 %   $ 

30,754        

8.00 %   $ 

38,443        

10.00 % 

58,842        
58,842        

15.31 %   $ 
10.55 %   $ 

15,377        
22,302        

4.00 %   $ 
4.00 %   $ 

23,066        
27,878        

6.00 % 
5.00 % 

47,862        

14.13 %   $ 

27,106        

8.00 %   $ 

33,883        

10.00 % 

43,454        
43,454        

12.82 %   $ 
8.72 %   $ 

13,553        
19,928        

4.00 %   $ 
4.00 %   $ 

20,330        
24,910        

6.00 % 
5.00 % 

100  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
Table of Contents  

On September 11, 2009, the Company entered into the Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury, as part of the 
Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Treasury: (i) 6,771 shares of the Company's Fixed Rate 
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation amount per share equal to $1,000, for a total 
price of $6,771,000; and (ii) a Warrant to purchase 154,354 shares of the Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise 
price per share of $6.58.  The Company contributed to the Bank, its subsidiary, $5,500,000 or 81.23% of the proceeds of the sale of the Series 
A Preferred Stock.  

The  $6,771,000  of  proceeds  was  allocated  to  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  the  Warrant  based  on  their  relative  fair  values  at  issuance 
($6,065,000 was allocated to the Series A Preferred Stock and $706,000 to the Warrant).  

On  September  1,  2011,  the  Company  redeemed  all  6,771  shares  of  its  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  Series  A.  The 
Company  paid  $6,786,000  to  the  Treasury  Department  to  redeem  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  which  included  the  original  investment  of 
$6,771,000, plus accrued dividends.  

In connection with this redemption, on September 1, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of 
the  Treasury  ("Treasury")  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  to  the  Treasury,  13,000  shares  of  its  Senior  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual 
Preferred  Stock,  Series  B  ("Series  B  Preferred  Stock"),  having  a  liquidation  preference  of  $1,000  per  share  for  aggregate  proceeds  of 
$13,000,000.  This transaction was entered into as part of the Treasury's Small Business Lending Fund Program ("SBLF").  

Accordingly, the Company is no longer subject to restrictions of the CPP program.  The SBLF program does have its own requirements, which 
are summarized below:  

The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 
1, beginning October 1, 2011.  The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 4.2% per annum 
based  upon  the  current  level  of  "Qualified  Small  Business  Lending",  or  "QSBL"  (as  defined  in  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement)  by  the 
Company's wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank.  The dividend rate for future dividend periods will be set based upon the "Percentage Change 
in Qualified Lending" (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) between each dividend period and the "Baseline" QSBL level.  Such 
dividend rate may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, from 1% per annum to 7% per 
annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods.   If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more 
than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.  Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the 
Bank's QSBL increases.   The Company's dividend rate as of the date of this report is 1.0%. Updated lending information provided to the US 
Treasury in early 2013 resulted in a credit against the dividend rate for 2013 through June of 2014.  Such dividends are not cumulative, but the 
Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it 
has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its 
ability to repurchase or redeem other securities.    

The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the 
Liquidation  Amount  per  share  and  the  per-share  amount  of  any  unpaid  dividends  for  the  then-current  period,  subject  to  any  required  prior 
approval by the Company's primary federal banking regulator.  

101  

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The Company's ability to pay common stock dividends is conditional on payment of the Series B Preferred Stock Dividends described above.  
In  addition,  the  SBLF  program  requires  the  Company  to  file  quarterly  reports  on  QSBL  lending.   The  Company  must  also  outreach  and 
advertise  the  availability  of  QSBL  to  organizations  and  individuals  who  represent  minorities,  woman  and  veterans.   The  Company  must 
annually certify that no business loans are made to principals of businesses who have been convicted of a sex crime against a minor.  Finally, 
the SBLF program requires the Company to file quarterly, annual and other reports provided to shareholders concurrently with the Treasury.  

The Company's goal is to maintain a strong capital position, consistent with the risk profile of its subsidiary banks that supports growth and 
expansion activities while at the same time exceeding regulatory standards.  At December 31, 2014, the Bank exceeded all regulatory required 
minimum capital ratios and met the regulatory definition of a "well-capitalized" institution, i.e. a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 
risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.  

The Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, these reserve 
balances amounted to $3,930,000 and $1,680,000, respectively, and are included in cash and due from banks in the statement of condition.  

NOTE 19:   INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVE  

Derivative instruments are entered into primarily as a risk management tool of the Company. Financial derivatives are recorded at fair value as 
other liabilities. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a 
hedging relationship. For a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes in the fair value of the hedged 
asset or liability are recognized currently in earnings. For a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument, to the extent 
that it is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to earnings as the hedged transaction impacts net 
income. Any ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is recognized currently in earnings.  See Note 20 for further discussion of the fair value of 
the interest rate derivative.  

The Company has $5 million of floating rate trust preferred debt indexed to 3-month LIBOR.  As a result, it is exposed to variability in cash 
flows related to changes in projected interest payments caused by changes in the benchmark interest rate.  During the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2009, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement, with a $2.0 million notional amount, to convert a portion of the variable-rate 
junior subordinated debentures to a fixed rate for a term of approximately 7 years at a rate of 4.96%.  The derivative is designated as a cash 
flow  hedge.   The  hedging  strategy  ensures  that  changes  in  cash  flows  from  the  derivative  will  be  highly  effective  at  offsetting  changes  in 
interest expense from the hedged exposure.  

The following table summarizes the fair value of outstanding derivatives and their presentation on the statements of condition as of December 
31:  

(In thousands)  
 Cash flow hedge:  

 Other liabilities  

2014     

2013   

  $ 

82     $ 

135   

102  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
Table of Contents  

The change in accumulated other comprehensive loss, on a pretax basis, and the impact on earnings from the interest rate swap that qualifies as 
a cash flow hedge for the year ended December 31 were as follows:  

(In thousands)  
Balance as of December 31:  

Amount of losses recognized in other comprehensive income  
Amount of loss reclassified from other comprehensive income  
     and recognized as interest expense  

Balance as of December 31:  

  $ 

  $ 

2014     
(135 )    $ 
(9 )      

62        
(82 )    $ 

2013   
(195 ) 
(2 ) 

62   
(135 ) 

No amount of ineffectiveness has been included in earnings and the changes in fair value have been recorded in other comprehensive income.  
Some or the entire amount included in accumulated other comprehensive loss would be reclassified into current earnings should a portion of, or 
the  entire  hedge  no  longer  be  considered  effective,  but  at  this  time,  management  expects  the  hedge  to  remain  fully  effective  during  the 
remaining term of the swap.  

The Company posted cash, of $200,000, under collateral arrangements to satisfy collateral requirements associated with the interest rate swap 
contract.  

NOTE 20: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS AND DISCLOSURES  

Accounting guidance related to fair value measurements and disclosures specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the 
inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, 
while  unobservable  inputs  reflect  the  Company's  market  assumptions.  These  two  types  of  inputs  have  created  the  following  fair  value 
hierarchy:  

Level  1  –  Quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  in  active  markets  that  the  entity  has  the  ability  to  access  as  of  the 
measurement date.  

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets 
that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.  

Level 3 – Model-derived valuations in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.  

An  asset's  or  liability's  level  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy  is  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement.  

In  determining  fair  value,  the  Company  utilizes  valuation  techniques  that  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs,  minimize  the  use  of 
unobservable inputs, to the extent possible, and considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.  

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:  

Investment securities:  The fair values of securities available-for-sale are obtained from an independent third party and are based on quoted 
prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges where available (Level 1).  If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured by 
utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on 
quoted  prices  for  specific  securities  but  rather  by  relying  on  the  securities'  relationship  to  other  benchmark  quoted  securities  (Level  2).  
Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

103  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
    
    
         
    
    
Table of Contents  

Interest rate swap derivative:  The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is calculated based on a discounted cash flow model. All future 
floating  cash  flows  are  projected  and  both  floating  and  fixed  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  the  valuation  date.   The  curve  utilized  for 
discounting and projecting is built by obtaining publicly available third party market quotes for various swap maturity terms.   

Impaired loans: Impaired loans are those loans in which the Company has measured impairment based on the fair value of the loan's collateral 
or the discounted value of expected future cash flows.  Fair value is generally determined based upon market value evaluations by third parties 
of the properties and/or estimates by management of working capital collateral or discounted cash flows based upon expected proceeds.  These 
appraisals may include up to three approaches to value: the sales comparison approach, the income approach (for income-producing property), 
and the cost approach.  Management modifies the appraised values, if needed, to take into account recent developments in the market or other 
factors,  such  as,  changes  in  absorption  rates  or  market  conditions  from  the  time  of  valuation  and  anticipated  sales  values  considering 
management's plans for disposition.  Such modifications to the appraised values could result in lower valuations of such collateral. Estimated 
costs  to  sell  are  based  on  current  amounts  of  disposal  costs  for  similar  assets.   These  measurements  are  classified  as  Level  3  within  the 
valuation  hierarchy.  Impaired loans  are  subject to  nonrecurring  fair  value  adjustment  upon initial recognition or subsequent  impairment.  A 
portion of the allowance for loan losses is allocated to impaired loans if the value of such loans is deemed to be less than the unpaid balance.  

Foreclosed real estate:  Fair values for foreclosed real estate are initially recorded based on market value evaluations by third parties, less costs 
to sell ("initial cost basis").  Any write-downs required when the related loan receivable is exchanged for the underlying real estate collateral at 
the  time  of  transfer  to  foreclosed  real  estate  are  charged  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.   Values  are  derived  from  appraisals,  similar  to 
impaired loans, of underlying collateral or discounted cash flow analysis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are updated periodically and 
assets  are  marked  to  current  fair  value,  not  to  exceed  the  initial  cost  basis.   In  the  determination  of  fair  value  subsequent  to  foreclosure, 
management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as, changes in absorption rates and market conditions from the time of 
valuation and anticipated sales values considering management's plans for disposition.  Either change could result in adjustment to lower the 
property value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  These measurements are classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.  

104  

 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation 
inputs within the hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:  

(In thousands)  
Available-for-sale portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Collateralized mortgage obligations - US agency  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total available-for-sale securities  

Interest rate swap derivative  

(In thousands)  
Available-for-sale portfolio  
Debt investment securities:  

US Treasury, agencies and GSEs  
State and political subdivisions  
Corporate  
Residential mortgage-backed - US agency  
Residential mortgage-backed - private label  

Equity investment securities:  

Mutual funds:  

Ultra short mortgage fund  
Large cap equity fund  
Other mutual funds  

Common stock - financial services industry  

Total available-for-sale securities  

Interest rate swap derivative  

December 31, 2014  

Level 1     

Level 2     

Level 3     

Total Fair   
Value   

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-       

648        
649        
-       
43        
1,340      $ 

17,750      $ 
8,443        
13,860        
30,575        
15,476        

-       
-       
379        
250        
86,733      $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-     $ 

17,750   
8,443   
13,860   
30,575   
15,476   

648   
649   
379   
293   
88,073   

-     $ 

(82 )    $ 

-     $ 

(82 ) 

2013  

Level 1     

Level 2     

Level 3     

Total Fair   
Value   

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-       

648        
651        
-       
42        
1,341      $ 

16,597      $ 
6,587        
13,696        
42,142        
-       

-       
-       
345        
251        
79,618      $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
-       
-       

-       
-       
-       
-       
-     $ 

16,597   
6,587   
13,696   
42,142   
-  

648   
651   
345   
293   
80,959   

-     $ 

(135 )    $ 

-     $ 

(135 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an 
ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).  

105  

 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
    
Table of Contents  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, segregated by the level of valuation 
inputs within the hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:  

  At December 31, 2014 
(In thousands)  
 Impaired loans  
 Foreclosed real estate  

 At December 31, 2013 
(In thousands)  
 Impaired loans  
 Foreclosed real estate  

Level 1     

Level 2     

Level 3     

-    $ 
-    $ 

-    $ 
-    $ 

1,277     $ 
105     $ 

Level 1     

Level 2     

Level 3     

-    $ 
-    $ 

-    $ 
-    $ 

258     $ 
69     $ 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

Total Fair   
Value   
1,277   
105   

Total Fair   
Value   
258   
69   

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which 
Level 3 inputs were used to determine fair value.  

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements      

At December 31,2014  
Impaired loans  

Foreclosed real estate  

Valuation  
Techniques  

Appraisal of collateral  
(Sales Approach)  
Discounted Cash Flow     

Appraisal of collateral  
(Sales Approach)  

Unobservable  
Input  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Range  
(Weighted Avg.)  

5% - 25% (13%)  
6% - 50% (13%)  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

 15% - 15% (15%)  
 6% -   8%  (7%)  

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements      

At December 31, 2013  
Impaired loans  

Foreclosed real estate  

Valuation  
Techniques  

Appraisal of collateral  
(Sales Approach)  

Appraisal of collateral  
(Sales Approach)  

Unobservable  
Input  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Appraisal Adjustments  
Costs to Sell  

Range  
(Weighted Avg.)  

5% - 30% (14%)  
6% - 50% (12%)  

 15% - 15% (15%)  
 6% -   7%  (6%)  

As of June 30, 2013, junior subordinated debentures with a carrying value of $5.2 million were transferred from a level 3 classification to a 
level 2 classification.  

106  

   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
   
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Required  disclosures  include  fair  value  information  of  financial  instruments,  whether  or  not  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
condition, for which it is  practicable to estimate that value.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on 
estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the 
discount  rate  and  estimates  of  future  cash  flows.  In  that  regard,  the  derived  fair  value  estimates  cannot  be  substantiated  by  comparison  to 
independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.  

The  Company  has  various  processes  and  controls  in  place  to  ensure  that  fair  value  is  reasonably  estimated.  The  Company  performs  due 
diligence procedures over third-party pricing service providers in order to support their use in the valuation process.   

While  the  Company  believes  its  valuation  methods  are  appropriate  and  consistent  with  other  market  participants,  the  use  of  different 
methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the 
reporting date.  

Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company's financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses 
in any estimation technique.  Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative 
of  the amounts the Company could have  realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated.  The estimated fair value amounts have been 
measured as of their respective period-ends, and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to 
those respective dates.  As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be 
different than the amounts reported at each period-end.   

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only 
provided  for  a  limited  portion  of  the  Company's  assets  and  liabilities.   Due  to  a  wide  range  of  valuation  techniques  and  the  degree  of 
subjectivity  used  in  making  the  estimates,  comparisons  between  the  Company's  disclosures  and  those  of  other  companies  may  not  be 
meaningful.  The Company, in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments, used the following methods and assumptions:  

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value and are classified as Level 1 .  

Interest earning time deposits – The carrying amounts of these assets approximate their fair value and are classified as Level 1 .  

Investment securities – The fair values of securities available - for - sale and held-to-maturity are obtained from an independent third party and 
are  based  on  quoted  prices  on  nationally  recognized  exchange  where  available  (Level  1).   If  quoted prices  are  not  available,  fair values  are 
measured by utilizing matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying 
exclusively on quoted prices for specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark quoted securities 
(Level 2).  Management made no adjustment to the fair value quotes that were received from the independent third party pricing service.  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value and are classified as Level 2 .  

Net loans – For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently, fair value is based on carrying amounts.  The fair value of other loans (for example, 
fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, mortgage loans, and commercial and industrial loans) is estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, 
based on  interest rates currently being offered in the market for  loans  with similar  terms to borrowers of similar  credit  quality.  Loan  value 
estimates  include  judgments  based on expected prepayment  rates.   The  measurement  of  the fair  value  of  loans,  including  impaired  loans, is 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.  

107  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents  

Accrued interest receivable and payable – The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value and are classified as Level 1 .  

Deposits – The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking, passbook savings and certain 
types  of  money  management  accounts)  are,  by  definition,  equal  to  the  amount  payable  on  demand  at  the  reporting  date  (i.e.,  their  carrying 
amounts) and are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a 
discounted  cash  flow  calculation  that  applies  interest  rates  currently  being  offered  in  the  market  on  certificates  of  deposits  to  a  schedule  of 
aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.  Measurements of the fair value of time deposits are classified within Level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy.  

Borrowings – Fixed/variable term "bullet" structures are valued using a replacement cost of funds approach.  These borrowings are discounted 
to the FHLBNY advance curve.  Option structured borrowings' fair values are determined by the FHLB for borrowings that include a call or 
conversion  option.   If  market  pricing  is  not  available  from  this  source,  current  market  indications  from  the  FHLBNY  are  obtained  and  the 
borrowings  are  discounted  to  the  FHLBNY  advance  curve  less  an  appropriate  spread  to  adjust  for  the  option.  These  measurements  are 
classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.  

Junior subordinated debentures – The Company secures a quote from its pricing service based on a discounted cash flow methodology which 
results in a Level 2 classification for this borrowing.  

Interest rate swap derivative – The fair value of the interest rate swap derivative is obtained from a third party pricing agent and is calculated 
based on a discounted cash flow model. All future floating cash flows are projected and both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to the 
valuation date.  The curve utilized for discounting and projecting is built by obtaining publicly available third party market quotes for various 
swap maturity terms, and therefore is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.  

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31 are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars In thousands)  
Financial assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Interest earning time deposits  
Investment securities - available-for-sale  
Investment securities - available-for-sale  
Investment securities - held-to-maturity  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock  
Net loans  
Accrued interest receivable  

Financial liabilities:  
Demand Deposits, Savings, NOW and MMDA  
Time Deposits  
Borrowings  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Accrued interest payable  
Interest rate swap derivative  

2014  

2013  

Fair Value     
Hierarchy     

Carrying     
Amounts     

Estimated     
Fair Values     

Carrying     
Amounts     

Estimated   
Fair Values   

11,356      $ 
-       
1,340        
86,733        
40,875        
3,454        
382,189        
1,849        

11,356      $ 
-       
1,340        
86,733        
42,139        
3,454        
388,151        
1,849        

16,575      $ 
500        
1,341        
79,618        
34,412        
2,440        
336,592        
1,715        

263,004      $ 
152,564        
66,100        
5,155        
63        
82        

263,004      $ 
152,457        
66,282        
4,799        
63        
82        

250,248      $ 
159,892        
40,853        
5,155        
86        
135        

16,575   
500   
1,341   
79,618   
34,222   
2,440   
343,660   
1,715   

250,248   
160,201   
41,255   
4,825   
86   
135   

1      $ 
1        
1        
2        
2        
2        
3        
1        

1      $ 
2        
2        
2        
1        
2        

108  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
         
         
         
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

NOTE 21: PARENT COMPANY – FINANCIAL INFORMATION  

The following represents the condensed financial information of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31:  

Statements of Condition  
(In thousands)  
Assets  
Cash  
Investments  
Investment in bank subsidiary  
Investment in non-bank subsidiary  
Other assets  

Total assets  

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity  

Accrued liabilities  
Junior subordinated debentures  
Shareholders' equity  

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity  

Statements of Income  
(In thousands)  
Income  
Dividends from bank subsidiary  
Dividends from non-bank subsidiary  
Total income  
Expenses  
Interest  
Operating, net  
Total expenses  

Loss  before taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Tax benefit  

Loss before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  

Net income  

109  

2014     

2013   

12,557      $ 
43        
61,723        
155        
134        
74,612      $ 

253      $ 
5,155        
69,204        
74,612      $ 

1,147   
42   
46,699   
155   
403   
48,446   

221   
5,155   
43,070   
48,446   

2014        

2013   

-     $ 
4        
4        

161        
171        
332        
(328 )      
98        
(230 )      
2,975        
2,745      $ 

-  
4   
4   

162   
109   
271   
(267 ) 
69   
(198 ) 
2,604   
2,406   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
  
    
         
    
  
    
         
    
    
    
         
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents  

Statements of Cash Flows  
(In thousands)  
Operating Activities  

Net Income  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries  
Stock based compensation and ESOP expense  
Net change in other assets and liabilities  

Net cash flows from operating activities  

Investing Activities  

Capital contributed to wholly-owned bank subsidiary  

Net cash flows from investing activities  

Financing activities  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Net proceeds from stock offering  
Cash dividends paid to preferred shareholders  
Cash dividends paid to common shareholders  
Purchase of shares by ESOP  

Net cash flows from financing activities  
Change in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

NOTE 22:  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

2014     

2013   

  $ 

  $ 

2,745      $ 
(2,975 )      
279        
262        
311        

(12,400 )      
(12,400 )      

18        
24,913        
(62 )      
(316 )      
(1,054 )      
23,499        
11,410        
1,147        
12,557      $ 

2,406   
(2,604 ) 
243   
(39 ) 
6   

-  
-  

45   
-  
(83 ) 
(303 ) 
-  
(341 ) 
(335 ) 
1,482   
1,147   

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Company  has  granted  loans  to  certain  directors,  executive  officers  and  their  affiliates  (collectively 
referred  to  as  "related  parties").   These  loans  were  made  on  substantially  the  same  terms,  including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  as  those 
prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unaffiliated parties and do not involve more than normal risk of collectability.  

The following represents the activity associated with loans to related parties during the year ended December 31, 2014:  

(In thousands)  
Balance at the beginning of the year  

Originations and Executive Officer additions  
Principal payments  

Balance at the end of the year  

  $ 

  $ 

7,924   
2,293   
(2,444 ) 
7,773   

At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank had no loan receivable from the Holding Company.   The Holding Company sold 
three  properties  to  the  Company  in  December  2013  allowing  the  loan  receivable  at  that  time  to  be  paid  off.   Interest  paid  by  the  Holding 
Company for the years ended 2014 and 2013 was $-0-and $50,000, respectively.  

Deposits of related parties at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 were $1.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively.  

110  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
Table of Contents  

In October 2002, the Company entered into a land lease with one of its directors, now retired, on an arms-length basis. In January 2006, the 
Company  entered  into  a  lease  with  the  Holding  Company  for  the  use  of  a  training  facility.  This  lease  was  executed  on  an  arms-length 
basis.  During 2010, the Company entered into an arm's length lease with the Holding Company for space that was then sub-leased by the 
Company to a charitable organization at below-market rents.  This lease remained in effect until the Holding Company sold the previously 
mentioned properties to the Company in December 2013, after which there was no rent expense paid to a related party.  Rent expense paid 
to the related parties during 2014 and 2013 was $-0- and $29,000, respectively.  

NOTE 23:  CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION  

On October 16, 2014, the Company completed the conversion and reorganization pursuant to which Pathfinder Bancorp, MHC converted to 
the stock holding company form of organization under a "second step" conversion (the "Conversion"), and the Bank reorganized from the 
two-tier mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure.  Prior to the completion of the Conversion, the MHC 
owned approximately 60.4% of the common stock of the Company.  New Pathfinder, the new stock holding company for Pathfinder Bank, 
sold 2,636,053 shares of common stock at $10.00 per share, for gross offering proceeds of $26.4 million in its stock offering.  In addition, 
$197,000 in cash was received by New Pathfinder from the MHC upon it ceasing to exist.  

Concurrent with the completion of the offering, shares of common stock of the Company owned by the public were exchanged for shares of 
New Pathfinder's common stock so that the shareholders now own approximately the same percentage of New Pathfinder's common stock 
as  they  owned  of  the  Company's  common  stock  immediately  prior  to  the  Conversion,  subject  to  adjustment  as  disclosed  in  the 
prospectus.  Shareholders  of  the  Company  received  1.6472  shares  of  New  Pathfinder's  common  stock  for  each  share  of  the  Company's 
common  stock  they  owned  immediately  prior  to  completion  of  the  transaction.  Cash  in  lieu  of  fractional  shares  was  paid  based  on  the 
offering price of $10.00 per share. Common shares held by the Company's ESOP prior to the Conversion were also exchanged using the 
conversion ratio of 1.6472.  As a result of the offering and the exchange of shares, New Pathfinder has 4,352,203 shares outstanding.  

The Conversion was accounted for as a change in corporate form with no resulting change in the historical basis of the Company's assets, 
liabilities, and equity.  Costs related to the offering were primarily marketing fees paid to the Company's investment banking firm, legal and 
professional fees, registration fees, printing and mailing costs and totaled $1.5 million.  Accordingly, net proceeds were $24.9 million.  In 
addition, as part of the Conversion and dissolution of the MHC, the Company received $197,000 of cash previously held by the MHC.  As a 
result  of  the  Conversion  and  Offering,  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  federal  corporation,  was  succeeded  by  a  new  fully  public  Maryland 
corporation with the same name and the MHC ceased to exist.  

The shares of common stock sold in the offering and issued began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market on October 17, 2014 under the 
trading symbol "PBHC."  

In  accordance  with  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  regulations,  at  the  time  of  the  reorganization,  the  Company 
substantially restricted retained earnings by establishing a liquidation account.  The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefit of 
eligible  account  holders  who  continue  to  maintain  their  accounts  at  the  Bank  after  conversion.  The  Bank  will  establish  a  parallel 
liquidation  account  to  support  the  Company's  liquidation  account  in  the  event  the  Company  does  not  have  sufficient  assets  to  fund  its 
obligations under its liquidation account.  The liquidation accounts will be reduced annually to the extent that eligible account holders have 
reduced their qualifying deposits.  Subsequent increases will not restore an eligible account holder's interest in the liquidation accounts.  In 
the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank or the Company, each account holder will be entitled to receive a distribution in an amount 
proportionate  to  the  adjusted  qualifying  account  balances  then  held.  The  Bank  may  not  pay  dividends  if  those  dividends  would  reduce 
equity capital below the required liquidation account amount .  

111  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

NOTE 24: ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  

Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) ("AOCI"), net of tax, for the periods indicated are summarized 
in the table below.  

For the year ended December 31, 2014  

Unrealized 
Gains and 
Losses on 
Financial 
derivative   

Unrealized 
Gains and 
Losses on 
Available-for-
Sale Securities   

Unrealized 
Loss on 
Securities 
Transferred to 
Held-to-
Maturity   

(81 )    $ 

(5 )      
37        
(49 )    $ 

99      $ 

(781 )    $ 

544        
(186 )      
457      $ 

48        
-       
(733 )    $ 

Retirement 

Plans   
(982 )    $ 

(838 )      
26        
(1,794 )    $ 

For the year ended December 31, 2013  

Unrealized 
Gains and 
Losses on 
Financial 
derivative   

Unrealized 
Gains and 
Losses on 
Available-for-
Sale Securities   

Unrealized 
Loss on 
Securities 
Transferred to 
Held-to-
Maturity   

(117 )    $ 

1,564      $ 

-     $ 

Retirement 

Plans   
(2,765 )    $ 

1,554        
229        
(982 )    $ 

(3 )      
39        
(81 )    $ 

(1,246 )      
(219 )      
99      $ 

(781 )    $ 
-       
(781 )    $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Total   
(1,745 ) 

(251 ) 
(123 ) 
(2,119 ) 

Total   
(1,318 ) 

(476 ) 
49   
(1,745 ) 

Beginning balance  
Other comprehensive (loss) income before 
reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from AOCI  
Ending balance  

Beginning balance  
Other comprehensive income (loss) before 
reclassifications  
Amounts reclassified from AOCI  
Ending balance  

The following table presents the amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI for the indicated annual period:  

(In thousands)  

For the year ended  

December 31, 

December 31, 

Details about AOCI 1 components  

2014     

2013   Affected Line Item in the Statement  of Income  

Unrealized holding gain on financial derivative:  
Reclassification adjustment for  
   interest expense included in net income  

Retirement plan items  
Retirement plan net losses  
   recognized in plan expenses 2  

Available-for-sale securities  

Realized gain on sale of securities  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1 Amounts in parentheses indicates debits in net income.  
2 These items are included in net periodic pension cost.  
   See Note 12 for additional information.  

(62 )    $ 
25        
(37 )    $ 

(43 )    $ 
17        
(26 )    $ 

310      $ 
(124 )      
186      $ 

112  

(62 )  Interest on long term borrowings  
23    Provision for income taxes  
(39 )  Net Income  

(381 )  Salaries and employee benefits  
152    Provision for income taxes  
(229 )  Net Income  

Net gains on sales and redemptions of investment 
securities  

365   
(146 )  Provision for income taxes  
219    Net Income  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
    
         
         
         
         
    
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
    
      
  
    
      
  
    
  
    
         
            
    
         
            
  
    
  
  
    
         
              
    
         
            
  
    
  
  
    
         
              
    
         
            
Table of Contents  

NOTE 25:  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  

In  January  2015,  the  FitzGibbons  Agency,  LLC,  of  which  Pathfinder  Risk  Management  Company,  Inc.  owns  a  51%  controlling  interest, 
purchased  a  small  insurance  agency  in  Onondaga  County  for  $225,000  in  cash.   The  Company  will  establish  the  allocation  of  the  purchase 
price for this acquisition during the first quarter of 2015.  Revenues for this agency approximate $150,000 annually.  

ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None.  

ITEM 9A: CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

REPORT OF MANAGEMENT'S RESPONSIBILITY  

The  Company's  management,  including  the  Company's  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  have  evaluated  the 
effectiveness  of  the  Company's  "disclosure  controls  and  procedures,"  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  promulgated  under  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the "Exchange Act"). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal 
financial  officer  concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were 
effective for the purpose of ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the 
Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time 
periods  specified  in  the  SEC's  rules  and  forms,  and  (2)  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company's  management,  including  its 
principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

Management's report on internal control over financial reporting is contained in "Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" in 
this annual report in Form 10-K.  

This  annual  report  does  not  include  an  attestation report  of the  Company's independent registered  public  accounting  firm regarding internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  pursuant  to  the  rules  of  the  SEC  Act  that  exempts  the  Company  from  such  attestation  and  requires  only 
management's report.  

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING  

There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Company's last fiscal quarter that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.  

ITEM 9B: OTHER INFORMATION  

None.  

113  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents  

PART III  

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, COMPLIANCE WITH SECTIONS 16 (A) 
OF EXCHANGE ACT  

(a)  

(b)  

Information concerning the directors of the Company is incorporated by reference hereunder in the Company's Proxy Materials for the 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  
Set forth below is information concerning the Executive Officers of the Company at December 31, 2014.  

Name  
Thomas W. Schneider  
James A. Dowd, CPA  
Edward A. Mervine  
Melissa A. Miller  
Daniel Phillips  
Ronald Tascarella  

Age  
53  
47  
58  
57  
50  
56  

Positions Held With the Company  
President and Chief Executive Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer  
Senior Vice President, General Counsel  
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer  
Senior Vice President, Chief Credit Officer  

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

Information with respect to management compensation and transactions required under this item is incorporated by reference hereunder in the 
Company's Proxy Materials for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Compensation Committee".  

ITEM  12:  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  hereunder  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders under the caption "Voting Securities and Principal Holders Thereof".  

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  hereunder  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders under the caption "Transactions with Certain Related Persons".  

ITEM 14: PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  hereunder  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Materials  for  the  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders under the caption "Audit and Related Fees".  

114  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

PART IV  

ITEM 15: EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

(a)(1)  

Financial Statements - The Company's consolidated financial statements, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, together 
with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of this Form 10-K report.  See "Item 8: Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data."  

(a)(2)   Financial Statement Schedules - All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information is inapplicable or has 

been included in "Item 7: Management Discussion and Analysis."  

(b)  

Exhibits  

3.1  

3.2  

3.3  

4.1  

4.2  

4.3  

Articles  of  Incorporation  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.'s 
Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 333-196676, originally filed on June 11, 2014)  

Bylaws  of  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.'s  Registration 
Statement on Form S-1, file no. 333-196676, originally filed on June 11, 2014)  

Articles  Supplementary  to  the  Company's  Articles  of  Incorporation  establishing  the  terms  for  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock 
(Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.'s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  file  no.  001-36695, 
originally filed on October 22, 2014)  

Form of Stock Certificate of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s  
Registration Statement on Form S-1, file no. 333-196676, originally filed on June 11, 2014)  

Indenture between Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, dated March 22, 2007 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, file no. 001-36695, 
originally filed on October 22, 2014)  

Supplemental Indenture between Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee, dated October 16, 2014 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, file no. 001-36695, 
originally filed on October 22, 2014)  

4.4  

Form of Stock Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Pathfinder Bancorp, 
Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, file no. 001-36695, originally filed on October 22, 2014)  

10.1  

Pathfinder Bank 1997 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc's Registration 
Statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-36051, originally filed on September 19, 1997)  

10.2  

2010  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.  Stock  Option  Plan  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Appendix  A  to  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc's  definitive 
proxy statement on Schedule 14A for Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Meeting of Shareholders, file no. 000-23601, originally filed 
on March 26, 2010)  

10.3  

2003 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601  

115  

   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

10.4  

2003 Trustee Deferred Fee Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601)  

10.5   Employment Agreement between Pathfinder Bank and Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer (Incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, file no. 
000-23601, originally filed on March 27, 2009)  

10.6  

Employment  Agreement  between  Pathfinder  Bank  and  Edward  A.  Mervine,  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and  Secretary 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2008, file no. 000-23601, originally filed on March 27, 2009)  

10.7   Change  of  Control  Agreement  between  Pathfinder  Bank  and  Ronald  Tascarella  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.7  to 
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, file no. 000-23601, originally filed on 
March 27, 2009)  

10.8   Change of Control Agreement between Pathfinder Bank and James A. Dowd (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, file no. 000-23601, originally filed on March 27, 
2009)  

10.9   Change of Control Agreement between Pathfinder Bank and Melissa A. Miller (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Pathfinder 
Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, file no. 000-23601, originally filed on March 27, 
2009)  

10.10   Executive  Supplemental  Retirement  Agreement  between  Pathfinder  Bank  and  Thomas  W.  Schneider  (Incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.11 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, file no. 000-23601, 
originally filed on March 27, 2009)  

10.11  

 Executive  Supplemental  Retirement  Agreement  between  the  Bank  and  Thomas  W.  Schneider  (Incorporated  by  reference  to  the 
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 file no. 000-23601  

10.12   Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement between Pathfinder Bank and Thomas W. Schneider effective February 24, 2014 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Report Form 8-K, file no. 000-23601, originally filed 
on February 25, 2014)  

10.13   Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement between Pathfinder Bank and Edward A. Mervine effective February 24, 2014 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Report Form 8-K, file no. 000-23601, originally filed 
on February 25, 2014)  

10.14   Executive  Supplemental  Retirement  Plan  Agreement  between  Pathfinder  Bank  and  James  A.  Dowd  effective  February  24,  2014 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Report Form 8-K, file no. 000-23601, originally filed 
on February 25, 2014)  

10.15   Amended  and  Restated  Declaration  of  Trust  among  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.,  a  federal  corporation,  as  Sponsor,  Wilmington  Trust 
Company,  as  Delaware  and  Institutional  Trustee,  and  the  administrative  trustees  of  the  Pathfinder  Statutory  Trust  II  (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, file no. 001-36695, originally filed on 
October 22, 2014)  

10.17   Amendment two to the Trustee Deferral Fee Plan filed herewith  

10.18   Amendment one to the Executive Deferral Compensation Plan filed herewith  

116  

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents  

10.19   Amendment one to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan filed herewith  

14  

21  

23  

Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14 to Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2003, file no. 000-23601, originally filed on March 31, 2004)  
Subsidiaries  of  Registrant  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  21  to  Pathfinder  Bancorp,  Inc.'s  Registration  Statement  on 
Form S-1, file no. 333-196676, originally filed on June 11, 2014)  
Consent of Bonadio & Co., LLP  

31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

32  
101  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  
Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2014 
and  2013,  (ii) the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014  and  2013,  (iii) the  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014  and  2013,  (iv) the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years 
ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and (vi) the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

117  

   
   
   
Table of Contents  

Signatures  

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on 
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

Date:  

March 18, 2015  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  

By:  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the 
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

By:   

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider, President and  

   Chief Executive Officer  

(Principal Executive Officer)  

Date:    March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/ James A. Dowd  

   James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and  
   Chief Financial Officer  
   (Principal Financial Officer)  

Date:    March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/ Lloyd Stemple  
Lloyd Stemple, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/John P. Funiciello  
John Funiciello, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/ David A. Ayoub  
   David Ayoub, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/ George P. Joyce  
   George P. Joyce, Director  
   March 18, 2015  

Date:  

By:   

/s/ Adam C. Gagas  
   Adam C. Gagas, Director  
   March 18, 2015  

Date:  

By:   

/s/ Richard M. Jablonka  

   Richard M. Jablonka, Vice President and  
   Controller  
   (Principal Accounting Officer)  

By:   

/s/ William A. Barclay  

   William A. Barclay, Director  

Date:    March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/ Chris R. Burritt  

Date:  

   Chris R. Burritt, Director  
   March 18, 2015  

By:   

/s/ John F. Sharkey  

Date:  

   John F. Sharkey, Director  
   March 18, 2015  

118  

 
 
 
   
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT 10.17  

AMENDMENT TWO TO THE  
PATHFINDER BANK  
AMENDED AND RESTATED  
TRUSTEE DEFERRED FEE PLAN  

This Amendment (the "Amendment") to the Pathfinder Bank Amended and Restated Trustee Deferred Fee Plan (the "Plan') is made 

by Pathfinder Bank (the "Employer").  Capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.   

WHEREAS , the Employer adopted the Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005; and  

WHEREAS , the Employer wishes to adopt this Amendment Two to the Plan to formalize the Board action taken in December 2013 
to  allow  participants  in  the  Plan  (formerly,  the  "Trustees,"  currently  referred  to  as  the  "Directors")  to  increase  their  deferral  percentage  for 
deferrals commencing in the 2014 calendar year and after; and  

WHEREAS  ,  the  Employer  reserves  the  right  under  Section  13.1  of  the  Plan  to  amend  the  Plan  at  anytime,  provided  that  the 

amendment does not reduce the Trustees' accrued benefit thereunder.   

NOW, THEREFORE , this Amendment Two is hereby adopted, as follows, effective immediately, unless otherwise specified below: 

1.The term "Trustee" throughout the Plan shall be deemed to refer to "Director" rather than "Trustee" and the name of the Plan shall be 

changed to the "Amended and Restated Director Deferred Fee Plan".  

2. Section II   Establishment of Rabbi Trust is hereby amended by the revising the language in such Section to read as follows:  

"The  Bank  may  establish  a  rabbi  trust  into  which  the  Bank  may  contribute  assets  which  shall  be  held  therein, 
pursuant  to  the  agreement  which  establishes  such  rabbi  trust.   The  contributed  assets  shall  be  subject  to  the  claims  of  the 
Bank's creditors in the event of the Bank's "Insolvency" as defined in the agreement which establishes such rabbi trust, until 
the contributed assets are paid to the Trustee and his Beneficiary(ies) in such manner and at such times as specified in this 
Plan.  The rabbi trust and any contributions to or assets held therein shall conform to the terms of the rabbi trust agreement 
which has been established in conjunction with this Plan.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event 
of an expected Change in Control, each Director's Elective Contribution Account balance shall be paid by the Bank into an 
irrevocable rabbi trust that is a grantor trust for the benefit of the Directors and their beneficiaries at least thirty (30) days 
prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such  Change  in  Control.   The  rabbi  trust  shall  be  established  in  accordance  with  Internal 
Revenue Service Rev. Proc. 92-64 and any other applicable law.  Such trust shall have an independent trustee, as selected by 
the Compensation Committee of the Bank.  The Bank (or its successor) shall pay the trustee fees for the lifetime of the trust.  
The  rabbi  trust  shall  be  dissolved  after  all  assets  are  distributed  from  the  trust  to  the  Directors  and  their  beneficiaries  in 
accordance with the terms of the Plan."  

119  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

3.Effective December 18, 2013, the date of the Board's approval, Section III Deferred Compensation is hereby revised to read to add 

the following language to the end of that Section:  

"Commencing with deferrals for the 2014 Plan Year and for all Deferral Periods thereafter until changed by amendment or 
Board resolution (which for purposes hereof, shall be deemed an amendment to this Plan), the Director and the Bank agree 
that the Director may defer into his Elective Contribution Account on a monthly basis up to the lesser of (i) Two Thousand 
Dollars  ($2,000.00),  or  (ii)  One  Hundred  Percent  (100%)  of  the  retainer  and  monthly  fees  which  the  Director  would 
otherwise  be  entitled to  receive  from  the  Bank  or  the  Company  for  each  month  of  the  Deferral  Period.   The  total  deferral 
during the term of the Deferral Period shall not exceed the Director's Projected Deferral, without Board of Director approval.  
The  specific  amount  of  the  Director's  monthly  deferred  compensation  shall  be  designated  in  the  Director's  Deferral 
Agreement and shall apply only to compensation attributable to services not yet performed."  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date provided below.   

PATHFINDER BANK  

February 26, 2015                                                 By: /S/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Print Name: Thomas W. Schneider  

Title:  President and CEO  

120  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents  

EXHIBIT 10.18  

AMENDMENT ONE TO THE  
PATHFINDER BANK  
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN  

This  Amendment  (the  "Amendment")  to  the  Pathfinder  Bank  Executive  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (the  "Plan")  is  made  by 

Pathfinder Bank (the "Bank").  Capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.   

WHEREAS , the Bank adopted the Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005; and  

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to adopt this Amendment One to the Plan to revise the requirements related to the establishment and 

funding of an irrevocable rabbi trust for the benefit of participants in the Plan.  

WHEREAS , the Bank reserves the right under Section 13.1 of the Plan to amend the Plan at anytime, provided that the amendment 

does not reduce the Executives' accrued benefit thereunder.   

NOW, THEREFORE , this Amendment One is hereby adopted, as follows, effective immediately, unless otherwise specified below:  

1. Section II Establishment of Rabbi Trust is hereby amended by revising the language in such Section to read as follows:  

"The  Bank  may  establish  a  rabbi  trust  into  which  the  Bank  may  contribute  assets  which  shall  be  held  therein, 
pursuant  to  the  agreement  which  establishes  such  rabbi  trust.   The  contributed  assets  shall  be  subject  to  the  claims  of  the 
Bank's creditors in the event of the Bank's "Insolvency" as defined in the agreement which establishes such rabbi trust, until 
the contributed assets are paid to the Trustee and his Beneficiary(ies) in such manner and at such times as specified in this 
Plan.  The rabbi trust and any contributions to or assets held therein shall conform to the terms of the rabbi trust agreement 
which has been established in conjunction with this Plan.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, in the event 
of an expected Change in Control, each Executive's Elective Contribution Account balance shall be paid by the Bank into an 
irrevocable rabbi trust that is a grantor trust for the benefit of the Executives and their beneficiaries at least thirty (30) days 
prior  to  the  effective  date  of  such  Change  in  Control.   The  rabbi  trust  shall  be  established  in  accordance  with  Internal 
Revenue Service Rev. Proc. 92-64 and any other applicable law.  Such trust shall have an independent trustee, as selected by 
the Compensation Committee of the Bank.  The Bank (or its successor) shall pay the trustee fees for the lifetime of the trust.  
The  rabbi  trust  shall  be  dissolved  after  all  assets  are  distributed  from  the  trust  to  the  Executives  and  their  beneficiaries  in 
accordance with the terms of the Plan."   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date provided below.   

PATHFINDER BANK  

February 26, 2015                                                 By: /s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Print Name: Thomas W. Schneider  

Title:  President and CEO  

121  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
Table of Contents  

EXHIBIT 10.19  

AMENDMENT ONE TO THE  
PATHFINDER BANK  
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN  

This  Amendment  (the  "Amendment")  to  the  Pathfinder  Bank  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (the  "Plan")  is  made  by 

Pathfinder Bank (the "Bank").  Capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan.   

WHEREAS , the Bank adopted the Plan, effective January 1, 2014; and  

WHEREAS , the Bank wishes to adopt this Amendment One to the Plan to revise the requirements related to the establishment and 

funding of an irrevocable rabbi trust for the benefit of participants in the Plan.  

WHEREAS , the Bank reserves the right under Section 7.1 of the Plan to amend the Plan at anytime, provided that the amendment 

does not reduce the Executives' accrued benefit thereunder.   

NOW, THEREFORE , this Amendment One is hereby adopted, as follows, effective immediately, unless otherwise specified below:  

1.Section VIII is hereby amended by the adding the following paragraph at the end thereof:  

"Notwithstanding  anything  in  the  Plan  to  the  contrary,  in  the  event  of  an  expected  Change  in  Control,  each  Executive's 
Account  Balance  shall  be  paid  by  the  Bank  into  an  irrevocable  rabbi  trust  that  is  a  grantor  trust  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Executives and their beneficiaries at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such Change in Control.  The rabbi 
trust shall be established in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Rev. Proc. 92-64 and any other applicable law.  Such 
trust shall have an independent trustee, as selected by the Compensation Committee of the Bank.  The Bank (or its successor) 
shall pay the trustee fees for the lifetime of the trust.  The rabbi trust shall be dissolved after all assets are distributed from the 
trust to the Executives and their beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of the Plan."   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date provided below.   

PATHFINDER BANK  

February 26, 2015                                                  By:  /s/ Thomas W. Schneider  

Print Name:  Thomas W. Schneider  

Title:  President and CEO  

122  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
Table of Contents  

EXHIBIT 21:  SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY  

Company  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Statutory Trust II  
Pathfinder Commercial Bank  
Pathfinder REIT, Inc.  
Whispering Oaks Development Corp.  
Pathfinder Risk Management Company Inc.  

EXHIBIT 23: CONSENT OF BONADIO & CO., LLP  

Owned by  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Bank  
Pathfinder Bank  

Percent Owned  

100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  
100%  

Jurisdiction or State 
of Incorporation  
New York  
Delaware  
New York  
New York  
New York  
New York  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.  
Oswego, New York  

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-202081) of Pathfinder Bancorp, 
Inc. and subsidiaries of our report, dated March 18, 2015, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K, 
for the year ended December 31, 2014.  

Bonadio & Co., LLP  
Syracuse, New York  
March  18, 2015  

/ s/ BONADIO & CO., LLP  

123  

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
EXHIBIT 31.1: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer  

Certification of Chief Executive Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, Thomas W. Schneider, President and Chief Executive Officer, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 
are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting.  

March 18, 2015  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

 
 
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
  
EXHIBIT 31.2: Rule 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer  

Certification of Chief Financial Officer  

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

I, James A. Dowd, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, certify that:  

1. I have reviewed this Annual report on Form 10-K of Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc.;  

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3. Based on my knowledge, the consolidated financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;  

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us 
by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;  
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting, to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;  
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about 
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; 
and  
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's 
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and  

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:  

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and  
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's 
internal control over financial reporting.  

March 18, 2015  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

 
   
   
   
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
   
EXHIBIT 32 Section 1350 Certification of the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers  

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002  

Thomas  W.  Schneider,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  James  A.  Dowd,  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of 
Pathfinder Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), each certify in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the Annual Report of 
the Company on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 and that to the best of his knowledge:  

1. the report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and  

2. the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company.  

The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  

March 18, 2015  

March 18, 2015  

/s/ Thomas W. Schneider  
Thomas W. Schneider  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ James A. Dowd  
James A. Dowd  
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer